6791 lines
399 KiB
Plaintext
6791 lines
399 KiB
Plaintext
Version 1.2.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2023-11-08
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
* offline-updates: Make package update list deduplication more efficient (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* offline-updates: Add only one entry per package to 'offline-update-competed' file (sid)
|
||
* PkClient: Replace the GSimpleAsyncResult with the GTask API (Corentin Noël)
|
||
* pk-client: Fix use-before-set of PkProgress on cancellation (Philip Withnall)
|
||
* pk-client: Move cancellable disconnect to dispose (Philip Withnall)
|
||
* pk-client: Rework refcounting for PkClientState (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
* apt/dnf: Adjust for upcoming AppStream 1.0 API (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* dnf: Avoid downloading caches multiple times in one call (Alessandro Astone)
|
||
* dnf: Better weigh the progress of download-only transactions (Alessandro Astone)
|
||
* dnf: Remove unused import from backends/dnf/notify_packagekit.py (Gordon Messmer)
|
||
* Revive PiSi backend (Erkan IŞIK)
|
||
* freebsd: Add new FreeBSD backend (Gleb Popov)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
* tests: Exclusively use g_assert_true (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* tests: Avoid bashisms in sh by using bash (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* transaction: We only need to emit finished when we were committed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Miscellaneous:
|
||
* tests: Restructure, enable daemon tests on CI (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* ci: Modernize & launch dbus-daemon (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* transaction: replace defunct www.packagekit.org URL with freedesktop URL (Corentin Noël)
|
||
* docs: Update outdated offline-updates.txt (sid)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2023-08-26
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
* pkclient: Add an option to count download size with dependencies (Milan Crha)
|
||
* pk-transaction: Add support for getting the RemainingTime property (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
* dnf: Notify PackageKit when dnf installs or removes packages (Gordon Messmer)
|
||
* dnf: Run pk_backend_refresh_repo in a new process to avoid keeping libdnf memory leaks (Gordon Messmer)
|
||
* dnf: Calculate download size with dependencies, if requested (Milan Crha)
|
||
* zypp: Fix ambiguous reference to 'filesystem' class (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
* apt: Display more useful pretty names for repositories (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* apt: Set update urgency as urgency as well as status again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* apt: Don't crash while resolving mimetypes, modernize mime search code (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
* apt: Fix 'search-file' regexp as per BRE pattern (which is the default) (sid)
|
||
* alpm: add and support deepin group (Wang Zichong)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
* progress: Free the sender value on finalize (Corentin Noël)
|
||
* Add G_PARAM_STATIC_STRINGS to all properties (Corentin Noël)
|
||
* pkcon: Widen progressbar text area (Frank Dana)
|
||
* Use more portable shebang in Python test scripts (Gleb Popov)
|
||
* Make use of SYSCONFDIR definition when setting a config file watch (Gleb Popov)
|
||
* Shutdown daemon on idle by default again (yump)
|
||
* Fix use of potentially uninitialized timer ID (Gordon Messmer)
|
||
* pk-transaction: Return an error if property name is not known (Philip Withnall)
|
||
* pk-client: Signal a transaction as finished if it disappears off the bus (Philip Withnall)
|
||
* pk-transaction: Check that Finished signal is emitted at most once (Philip Withnall)
|
||
* pk-transaction: Check that Finished signal is emitted at least once (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Miscellaneous:
|
||
* Add FreeBSD CI using cirrus (Alexey Yushkin)
|
||
* packagekitd: Use export_dynamic explicitly (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
* Use the term DDE instead of deepin (Gary Wang)
|
||
* packagekit-glib2: Use the correct enum for DDE (Neal Gompa)
|
||
* data/meson.build: Install dbus policy in /usr/share, not /etc (Gioele Barabucci)
|
||
* Globally pass -DPK_COMPILATION to the C++ compiler (Gleb Popov)
|
||
* metadata: Remove reference to defunct screenshots URL (Marcus Müller)
|
||
* metadata: replace defunct www.packagekit.org URL with freedesktop URL (Marcus Müller)
|
||
* docs: replace defunct www.packagekit.org URL with freedesktop URL (Marcus Müller)
|
||
* HACKING: Refresh to match current practices (Neal Gompa)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2022-12-01
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Expose transaction sender as read-only property on the bus (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- pkmon: Display transaction sender binary name in log (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- pk-transaction: Add Packages signal (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-transaction: Combine some D-Bus PropertiesChanged signal emissions (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-transaction: Add UpdateDetails signal (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fix incorrect handling of hookdirs config [fixes #342] (Adrián Insaurralde Avalos)
|
||
- aptcc: Refactor backend and rename to apt (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Fix emission of package IDs if there is just one candidate available (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Use smartpointers in more places (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Don't report bug URLs with empty ID, and use HTTPS URLs (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Don't add previous header and spaces to changelog entry end (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Don't create an unnecessary PkBackendSpawn instance (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Generate logging output properly (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Emit the correct status when downloading changelogs or indices (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Implement support for Packages signal to emit many packages at once (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Implement support for the new UpdateDetails plural signal (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Detect if apt system settings specify --force-conf* options and if so do not override them (Richard Schleich)
|
||
- nix: Fix compatibility with Nix 2.7.0 (Alex Ameen)
|
||
- nix: fix build with Nix 2.9.0 (#551) (Bobby Rong)
|
||
- zypp: implement upgrade-system method (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Clean up trailing whitespaces (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Avoid statuReset() on locked packages (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: restore pool status after simulating an update (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Disable upgrade-system support in SLE (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: build the pool before calling is_tumbleweed() (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: update libzypp dependency version (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Don't refresh repos before searching (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Check if packages are locked before removing (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: add repository data in package id (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Remove trailing whitespace (Rodrigo Pedra Brum)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- docs: Adjust the definition of pkgid "data" field to match the status quo (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Store sender command-line in transaction database again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix documentation of package-install policy (#568) (Michael Catanzaro)
|
||
- pk-client: Fix default value of cache-age property (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- docs: Fix some XML typos in the Transaction interface documentation (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-main: Add newline on g_printerr() calls (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-main: Mark some early-start error messages as translatable (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-engine: Fix checking D-Bus caller details when setting proxy (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-transaction: Reduce frequency of progress signal emissions (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- pk-client: Factor out parsing of UpdateDetail signal (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2022-02-17
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: adapt to changes in db updates and total cb calling (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: adapt to changes in setting arch config - now a list (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: Also mark single ignored matches as blocked (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: Do not call dlcb completed explicitly (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: fix apparent lack of braces in if clause (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix bug waiting to happen with cast from ptr to boolean (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix change in alpm_option_set_logcb to add ctx pointer (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix changes in alpm_option_set_fetchcb to add ctx (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix get-update-detail which uses totally wrong list of strings (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix get-updates (Jan Blackquill)
|
||
- alpm: fix missing handling of hookdir in pacman.conf (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix uninitialized stack vars used later in config (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix warning about fallthrough - be explicit about it (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix warning of casing ptr to gboolean - this is problematic (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: fix warning to keep local var declarations c99 consistent (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: handle configuration 'NoProgressBar' (Antonio Rojas)
|
||
- alpm: have pk_alpm_update_databases() return meaningful information (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: Offer the database we create when updating (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: Properly check if upgrades is set (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: remove unused error PK_ERROR_ENUM_REPO_NOT_FOUND (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: set the status of the job (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: silence warning for gool to ptr conversion with a cast (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- alpm: Support replaces with version expressions (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: update to breaking changes in transactions (Carsten Haitzler)
|
||
- aptcc: Allow PkgList to track additional state per package (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Apply auto/manual state from previously resolved pkgids when needed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Attempt to fix broken packages again when system repair is requested (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: correctly lists all the available package versions .. (liushuyu)
|
||
- aptcc: Display an excerpt of dpkg's log on error instead of not failing at all (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit only the first, likely highest-quality error when dpkg fails (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: fix a bug where downgrade is not working .. (liushuyu)
|
||
- aptcc: Only set locale from job if we are not on Debconf passthrough (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Propagate install mode info in all emitted package-IDs (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: return local file listings in the same format as installed ones (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dnf: Add support for autoremove flag when removing packages (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Searches by name and package details should be case insensitive (Matias De lellis)
|
||
- dnf: Update appstream xml files if dnf_sack_add_repos() does the download (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- nix: remove g_assert_not_reached (Matthew Bauer)
|
||
- nix: Update backend to use Nix Flakes (#414) (Matthew Bauer)
|
||
- slack: Add bzip2 and sqlite3 dependencies (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- zypp: Add -std=c++1z cpp flags (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Fix crash when search string is NULL (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Fix package installation using undefined data (Pekka Vuorela)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Install offline-update enablement symlink if Meson is new enough (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Move Wants= line for network-online.target (Erich Eickmeyer)
|
||
- Add flags to D-Bus offline invoking methods (Milan Crha)
|
||
- Properly handle allow-reinstall flag for installations (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Provide better error message if trying to install an installed package (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Wait until online to activate systemd service (Erich Eickmeyer)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2021-07-30
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add specific error code when user declined interaction (Milan Crha)
|
||
- Avoid spurious GObject::notify signal emissions (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- Correct 'cancellable' use in pk_client_repair_system_async() (Milan Crha)
|
||
- Fix a leak on calling set_locale() a second time (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- Fix a possible use-after-free under pk_client_cancel_cb() (Milan Crha)
|
||
- Improve thread safety on an operation cancellation (Milan Crha)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- dnf: Read update information also when getting list of updates (Milan Crha)
|
||
- dnf: honor install_weak_deps=False if it is there (Dario Faggioli)
|
||
- dnf: Use 'hy_query_get_advisory_pkgs', if available (Milan Crha)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- PkDetails: Add 'download-size' property (Milan Crha)
|
||
- PkPackage: Add update severity property (Milan Crha)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Let the finish understand the 'cancelled' exit code (Milan Crha)
|
||
- Make backends that use pk-backend-spawn work (#477) (Ivan Zakharyaschev)
|
||
- Only set polkit interactive flag if method call has too (Philip Withnall)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2021-03-22
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Add post transaction hook (Vlad Zahorodnii)
|
||
- alpm: Rename errno to alpm_err to avoid name clashes (Richard Neumann)
|
||
- aptcc: Auto-remove old kernels, unless configured otherwise (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dnf: Add support for coercing upgrade to distupgrade (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- zypp: Make sure pool is initialized at the beginning of some methods (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Reset update mode after getting updates (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Append to cron log instead of overwriting it (realsobek)
|
||
- Cancel a transaction if calling Cancel fails or the daemon disappears (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- Do not crash when calling pk_dbus_get_uid() before D-Bus is setup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix all compiler warnings (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix multilib conflicts in generated pk-enum-types.h (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Free scheduler array correctly again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Remove large transaction size sanity check (Nate Graham)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2020-11-02
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Build socket-activated debconf helper again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Do not trust local debs (CVE-2020-16122) (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Drop apt-inst, use apt-pkg pkg-config file for dependency detection (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- zypp: Don’t refresh repos again when actually updating packages (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Erase tmp repo from pool after local installation (#409) (Rinat Dobrokhotov)
|
||
- zypp: Set PATH variable (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Notify the service manager when it's beginning to shutdown (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix possible information disclosure [CVE-2020-16121] (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- Install required test helper files (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- Silence meson warning by bumping minimum version (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2020-09-07
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fix paths for configuration files (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: Pass correct type to pk_alpm_transaction_initialize() (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: Synchronise syncdbs on update (#400) (jan Pontaoski)
|
||
- dnf: Add vendor configuration for openSUSE (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- zypp: Clean up temporary files when PK quits (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Ensure ResPool is built before is_tumbleweed() (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Actually merge in the PolicyKit translation (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix setting libexecdir for command-not-found helper (Elliott Sales de Andrade)
|
||
- Fix command-not-found handling arguments with spaces (Fernando Herrera)
|
||
- Use SQL statements for queries with input (Juho Hämäläinen)
|
||
- Exit pkcon with retval 5 if no packages needed be installed (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.2.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2020-05-04
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fix assertion failures for download start signals (Felix Yan)
|
||
- alpm: Fix config parsing for DisableDownloadTimeout (Felix Yan)
|
||
- alpm: Handle blank target name for progress cb (Carson Black)
|
||
- alpm: Improve dlcb handling (Carson Black)
|
||
- alpm: Respect ignored packages on update (#390) (jan Pontaoski)
|
||
- alpm: Sync with the latest libalpm (Dominik Opyd)
|
||
- alpm: Updates-changed implementation (Carson Black)
|
||
- alpm: Use separate alpm_handle_t for updates (Carson Black)
|
||
- aptcc: Add libutil to linker args (David Hewitt)
|
||
- aptcc: Do not emit PK_ERROR_ENUM_GPG_FAILURE (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Include helper socket/service when making release tarball (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Only report errors if there are errors (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Set locale env vars properly according to frontend request (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Use pk_backend_convert_uri on proxy settings (David Hewitt)
|
||
- dnf: Load all the repos and vars directories (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- Make pk_alpm_update_database a nullop without force (Carson Black)
|
||
- pisi: Remove unmaintained backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- ports: Remove unmaintained backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Remove unmaintained backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove unmaintained backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Ignore already installed package when installing (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Remove upgrade-system implementation (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Port to the meson build system (Corentin Noël and many others)
|
||
- Remove the GTK2 gtk-module support (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not do failable actions in the PkDbus constructor (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not do failable actions in the PkTransaction constructor (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Revert "Shutdown the daemon on idle by default" (Michael Catanzaro)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.13
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2020-01-08
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- packagekit-glib2: Add pk_client_helper_is_active() (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- packagekit-glib2: Export pk_client_create_helper_argv_envp() (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- packagekit-glib2: Extract pk_client_helper_start_with_socket() (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- packagekit-glib2: Use $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/debconf-socket if it exists (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: update for 5.2 API change (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- aptcc: also generate a repo detail when a download happened (and finished) (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: apt-inst folded into apt-pkg in apt 1.9, make it optional (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Completely remove distro-upgrade support for now (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Disable distro-upgrade functionality (for now) (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Implement frontend-locking (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Introduce socket-activated pk-debconf-helper (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: pk-debconf-helper: raise timeout to 60 seconds (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Port to apt 1.9 (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- dnf: Add vendor configuration for ROSA Linux (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Do not trigger an event when the AppStream XML data is unchanged (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dnf: Don't override DnfContext's release_ver for the running system (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Fix OpenMandriva vendor for rolling variant and new architectures (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Invalidate the sack cache after downloading new metadata (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Move libgit2 module reset downstream (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Replace armv5tl with aarch64 for Mageia repo configuration vendor (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Reset libgit2 module when upgrading to F31 (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: Add support for newest filter in what-provides (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Don't set upgrade mode in update-packages (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Emit installed package for newest filter (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Fix get-updates in Tumbleweed (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Implement upgrade-system (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Make name/description search case insensitive (Carson Black)
|
||
- zypp: pass an array of strings to pk_backend_job_files() (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Perform actions disallowed by update in upgrade mode (Stasiek Michalski)
|
||
- zypp: Promt users to use upgrade-system in Tumbleweed (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Promt users when installing already installed packages (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Reset upgrade mode to FALSE when not needed (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Switch to doUpgrade solver when required by distribution (Stasiek Michalski)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add elogind support (Sven Eden)
|
||
- Add support for user services (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- Use new plymouth "system-upgrade" and "reboot" modes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add mutex lock to protect EULAs array (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- Correct bug tracker links on website (David Hewitt)
|
||
- Do not dereference pk-client-helper argument before checking it (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- Improve the 'using' documentation with a link to API (#277) (Damien Cassou)
|
||
- Keep a ref on transaction while doing async polkit call (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- List installed, removed and obsoleted packages in pkcon get-updates (Aleksei Nikiforov)
|
||
- Properly mark obsoleted packages when simulating upgrade (Aleksei Nikiforov)
|
||
- Provide information about obsoleted packages (Aleksei Nikiforov)
|
||
- Return directly when its state is going backwards (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- Shrink the progress bar to fit when run in small spaces (Deftdawg)
|
||
- Support non-x86 arches in gstreamer helper (Dan Horák)
|
||
- Use the detected PYTHON version (Javier Jardón)
|
||
- zsh command not found should return the same as its bash equivalent (Tim Speetjens)
|
||
- Don't use a bash regex to fix command not found on other shells (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.12
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2018-11-28
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Always try multi-arch lookups for lists (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Update section mappings (Guillem Jover)
|
||
- dnf: Avoid offline updates cache growing unchecked (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Emit download-size-remaining signals when downloading packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Fix multithreaded race and memory corruption when reloading repos (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Run subscription-manager sync before refreshing metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dnf: Use dnf_repo_is_source from libdnf (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Use rpmvercmp for comparing cache directory versions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: Implement GetFilesLocal in zypp backend (xiaoguang wang)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- common: Handle quoted strings in /etc/os-release (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- offline update: Fix translations to show up (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2018-09-25
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Fix invalid version dereference in AptInf::providesCodec() (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix memory leak when GstMatcher has no matches (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Only autoremove packages that relate to the current transaction (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- aptcc: Removing duplicate delete call (Julio Faracco)
|
||
- aptcc: Use installed version to determine garbage (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- dnf: Adapt for DnfAdvisory changes in new libdnf (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Adapt for dnf_package_get_advisories() free func changes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Allow module filtering (Jaroslav Mracek)
|
||
- dnf: Avoid using deprecated hy_goal_downgrade_to() (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Increase the BR requirement for the latest API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dnf: Reflect latest changes in libdnf (Jaroslav Mracek, Daniel Mach)
|
||
- nix: Build with Nix 2.0 correctly (Matthew Bauer)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add --autoremove option to pkcon (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Shutdown the daemon on idle by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- De-register callbacks on PkClientHelper finalize (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Don't complain if command-not-found get uninstalled while running (Adam Jackson)
|
||
- Fix critical on idle shutdown (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix issues with debconf helper not working (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Never assert when an interactive TTY is not available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Schedule offline update service to run after system-update-pre.target (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Shut down services cleanly before rebooting after offline updates (Alan Jenkins)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2018-04-23
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release fixes CVE-2018-1106 which is a moderate security issue.
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Not all downloads have to be packages (Julian Andres Klode)
|
||
- aptcc: Return multiple packages when using '|' operator (David Hewitt)
|
||
- aptcc: Simplify search methods (#247) (David Hewitt)
|
||
- dnf: Add OpenMandriva vendor (Bernhard Rosenkränzer)
|
||
- dnf: Don't abort() when failing to set up context (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: Implement GetDetailsLocal in zypp backend (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
- zypp: Improve refresh-cache function in zypp backend (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not set JUST_REINSTALL on any kind of auth failure (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2018-03-05
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: add support for downgrades as part of updates (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: fix RequireRestart emission by moving it out of destructor (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: Include whether it's a Source repository (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- dnf: Clean up leftover cache directories (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Don't cache repo list (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Don't filter -source and -debuginfo repos with SUPPORTED filter (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Fix a memory leak when installing packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Fix a warning when enabling/disabling repos (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Fix PK_FILTER_ENUM_SOURCE (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Make DnfContext reload its repos when .repo files change (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Make sure cache invalidation doesn't destroy a DnfSack we are using (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: strdup temporary string returned by dnf_package_get_nevra() (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- dnf: Update repos shown with PK_FILTER_ENUM_SUPPORTED filter (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- slack: Add application filter (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Add first search filters: (not)installed (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Fix install call in UpdatePackages (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Fix slack_cmp_repo (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: make global definitions to static members (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Move common props/accessors to parent class (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Put the tests into a separate subdirectory (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Update slackware to latest stable (14.2) (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Use static_cast to cast pointers (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- urpmi: typo fix inside pk_backend_get_author() (Julio Faracco)
|
||
- zypp: removing memory leak from zypp backend (Julio Faracco)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix missing PK_STATUS_ENUM_RUN_HOOK in pk-enum.c (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Fix Qt annotation on DBus signature (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- client: Fix an invalid read when cancelling races with Finish (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- engine: Fix a memory leak when handling GetTransactionList (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix getting user session ID with D-Bus "user bus" model (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix g_object_ref() type cast warnings with glib 2.56 (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Rename "Software Sources" to "Software Repositories" (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- transaction: Don't leak polkit authority (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- transaction: Fix a memory leak when authorizing actions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- transaction: Log transaction completed messages on debug, not info level (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2018-01-09
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- The Slackware backend was renamed from "katja" to "slack"
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add getters for PkEulaRequired (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Add new pk_results_set_role() API (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: do not crash on double free when updating a config file (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: fix offline updates by sanitizing origin more aggressively (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: Make mimetype search work again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- slack: Add tests (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Fix collecting file list (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- slack: Fix memory leak in slack_slackpkg_manifest (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- zypp: Return error if invalid package IDs are detected (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Save transaction role to the offline update results file (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Various fixes to docs (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Bring introspection and vapigen m4 macros into the source (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- command-not-found: Be more explicit when ignoring path components (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- service: Use ConditionPathExists=!/run/ostree-booted (Colin Walters)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2017-09-11
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add missing context pushes and pops (David Hewitt)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Read the session proxy settings for each job (Xiang Fan)
|
||
- aptcc: Ignore -dbg for codec queries (Iain Lane)
|
||
- aptcc: Support "()(64bit)" (Iain Lane)
|
||
- dnf: Add fedora-cisco-openh264 repos to supported repos list (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- dnf: Fix an inverted condition that led to frequent crashes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- katja: Compile backend with C++14 (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: declare download() and install() in the iface (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Fix double g_object_unref (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: katja_pkg_is_installed -> katja::isInstalled (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Move all utils into the backend namespace (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Move GLib class functionality to C++ classes (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Put initialized repos in std::forward_list (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- zypp: Fix stack smashing on 32-bit system (Jonathan Kang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add the ability to install updates on reboot in PackageKit-cron (Sander Hoentjen)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Don't search for NetworkManager or ConnMan anymore (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Effectively check for previous proxy entries (Xiang Fan)
|
||
- Fix proxy environment variables (Xiang Fan)
|
||
- Show a different progress message for system upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2017-06-07
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Calculate progress for hooks (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: Clean up status, add handling for hooks (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: Use enum for upgrade/reinstall/downgrade (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't deinit (Iain Lane)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix a crash when the user supplies a bad package ID (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash in GetFilesLocal (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix WhatProvides gstreamer for 1.0 (Iain Lane)
|
||
- dnf: Ensure AppStream is deployed when the repo is updated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add new status "Running hooks" (Christian Hesse)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Checks NULL strings inside pk_progress_bar_start (Julio Faracco)
|
||
- Fix segfault when config file is not found [v3] (Julio Faracco)
|
||
- Return success to avoid reboot in pk-offline-update (Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek)
|
||
- Use g_printerr() for errors instead g_print() (Julio Faracco)
|
||
- Various tweaks to the offline-updates service file (Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2017-01-17
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release removes the hif backend which is superseded by the new dnf
|
||
backend (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Get alpm backend warnings on the syslog() (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- aptcc: handle updates distinct from installs (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: make toinstall more apt compliant (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: exclude held packages from update list (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: Update for new programming language sections (Josh Triplett)
|
||
- aptcc: fix ac_compile_ifelse (tintou)
|
||
- katja: pk-backend-katja -> C++14 (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Add classes for the main repository types (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Add explicit casting (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Enable logging in the backend (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Link with glibmm (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Rewrite katja_pkg_is_installed in C++ (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Switch to gobject properties (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Fix libpcre segmentation fault (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix redeclaration of polkit autocleanup functions (Philip Withnall)
|
||
- Check for a zero-length search string before passing to backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- command-not-found: Ignore commands of only one character (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2016-09-19
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Add get-files-local support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add support for pk_backend_get_details_local (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add support for searching for relative paths (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Convert a few more loops to C++11 range for (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Drop DebFile helper class (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix locating package which a file list belongs to (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix NULL assertion warning (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix typo (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Install local files using APT API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Update pk-matrix for GetDetailsLocal (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use C++11 range for loops (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use FindGrp instead of manual matching every package when resolving (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt: Remove reference from pk-matrix.html (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dnf: Port from libhif to libdnf (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif/dnf: Fix a tiny memory leak when installing packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif/dnf: Fix a tiny memory leak when invalidating repo cache (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: pass the patch "Application Restart Suggested" flag down to PK (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Return error if invalid package IDs are detected (Michael Andres)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new DNF backend (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Use GetFilesLocal in pkcon get-files if argument is a file (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add a new REPO_ALREADY_SET error enum and use it in backends (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Annotate PreparedUpgrade DBus property for usage in PackageKit-Qt (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Change the configuration of the cron script to a sysconfig-like config (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Do not try to exec plymouth if it is not installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't crash when emitting PropertiesChanged for NULL values (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix a leak in get_prepared_sack() (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix a tiny memory leak on error path (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix a tiny memory leak when setting a proxy (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix "cache-age changed to -1" debug message (when cache-age is G_MAXUINT) (Alan Jenkins)
|
||
- Fix two small memory leaks when processing signals from the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix updates and change code to aid in not breaking this again (#149) (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- Fix various g_variant_get ^a&s leaks (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Invalidate PreparedUpgrade property when the prepared file changes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Look for command-not-found dbus socket in /run instead of /var/run (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Remove declaration of non-existent pk_task_{get,set}_interactive() (Alan Jenkins)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2016-07-14
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- backend job: Avoid emitting duplicates with parallel download (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Revert a patch that caused PackageKit to always request auth when installing packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Update the GPLv2 text in COPYING (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- zypp: PK_FILTER_ENUM_ARCH is supposed to filter on primary arch (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2016-07-12
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release adds a new backend for the Nix package manager (Matthew Bauer)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a test for offline distro upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add PreparedUpgrade DBus property (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Make pk_console_get_prompt() big endian safe (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require admin authorisation to trigger a distro upgrade (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- build: Avoid g_simple_async_result deprecation warnings (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- task: Fix only-trusted property notifications (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- task: Honour the only_trusted property when setting up transactions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Don't discard a resolve call just because one package is missing (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- alpm: Ignore the "Usage" key instead of crashing (Dustin Falgout)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix mimetype list (Harald Sitter)
|
||
- aptcc: Return the correct and complete result for package origins (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- hif: Add support for build-time vendor configurations (Neal Gompa)
|
||
- hif: Don't leak a dup'd string in get_author/get_description (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Don't set user action when installing / updating packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Drop ifdefs for older hawkey versions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Match unavailable packages for the what-provides query (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Set the installonly limit one higher than usual for system upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Use new libhif API to run a test transaction for offline updates (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- katja: Fix return type warnings (Eugen Wissner)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2016-04-20
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: port to g_autoptr() (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- hif: Set ALLOW_DOWNGRADE flag for all transactions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: Enforce formatting input as string (Neal Gompa)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add UpdateTriggered / UpgradeTriggered DBus properties (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add TriggerUpgrade DBus method handling (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Emit UpdatesChanges when installing packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix GIR annotations for progress callbacks (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Increase the number of packages that can be resolved (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Point offline update/upgrade trigger to the prepared update (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Unlink any existing offline update triggers before creating (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.1.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2016-02-12
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Update for pacman 5.x API change (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: Remove versioning support (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- aptcc: Always append the repository name to the pkgid data (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Always use "installed" as data when the pkg is installed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Do not use deprecated API (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Require C++11 support (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Store "packagekit role='%s'" as the apt cmdline (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- hif: Add support for UpgradeSystem (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Don't store repos in global data (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Factor out pk_backend_job_set_context (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Factor out pk_backend_setup_hif_context() (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Save cache files in versioned directories (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Save release ver in sack cache hash key (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Split out UpgradeSystem handling to a separate function (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Store the currently used HifContext in job private data (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- zypp: Avoid media access when testing for cd/dvd URL scheme (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Fix build (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Use libzypp's arch compatibility check (Thomas Perl)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add client side API for triggering offline system upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add getters for PkProgress (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Add pk_get_distro_version_id (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add system upgrade API to PkTask (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Port to g_autoptr() (Richard Hughes, Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Remove the PackageKit browser plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the GLib network monitoring support (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add missing description for obsoleted packages (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add support for offline system upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Allow to enable or disable systemd units for offline update (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- Correctly store file descriptor from logind (#94070) (Benjamin Berg)
|
||
- Do not crash on GetPrepared when there are no offline updates (Rui Matos)
|
||
- Do not crash on transaction database corruption (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not crash when parsing a very broken transaction log (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not install offline update related files if disabled (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- Emit PropertiesChanged for UpgradeSystem transaction flags (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Fix download-size-remaining property type (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Fix various minor memory leaks (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make transaction get_proxy() return TRUE for no proxy settings (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Minor fixes in command_not_found_handle{,r}() for bash and zsh (Carsten Hey)
|
||
- Relax validation performed on input strings passed to backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require dbus.socket for offline update (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- Set PACKAGEKIT_CALLER_UID environment (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- Sort package names when printing out simulation (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Use new PkTask API for system upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-11-27
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- By popular demand, reintroduce the UpgradeSystem method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Compile with APT 1.1 (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Create really random temporary directories (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Ensure proxy and frontend-socket aren't used if they are NULL (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix comment spelling mistakes (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix formatting and kill some old cruft (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix several compiler warnings (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Make use of the new APT-internal method for fetching changelogs (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Remove dead code and make source filenames consistent (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- alpm: Make pk_alpm_pkg_build_list() more resiliant to failure (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Implement simulating UpgradeSystem and respect the transaction flags (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Add support for HTTP proxy (Marek Marczykowski-Górecki)
|
||
- hif: Improve RefreshCache progress updates (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- portage: add helper to change portage settings (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: cosmetics (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: do not redefine builtin license (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: do not refetch package listing for no reason (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: drop unused imports (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: enhance get_repo_list function (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: fix a typo (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: fix a typo in restoring license settings (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: fix exception handling to be python2.7+ compatible (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: fix step percentage computation (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: fix typo python backend detection (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: initialize licenses variable (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: remove compatibility with older portage (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: remove useless instruction (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: retrieve EAPI and KEYWORDS before calling setcpv method (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: simplify _get_cpv_slotted with collections module (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: simplify _get_metadata (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: sort imports according to PEP8 (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: update layman API usage to >=2 (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: use PackageKitProgress to ease progress steps manipulations (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: use PackagekitProgress as an iterable (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- portage: use python idioms (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- python: make PackagekitProgress an Iterable (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- python: set steps on PackagekitProgress instantiation (Gilles Dartiguelongue)
|
||
- zypp: Raise priority of ZYPP stack updates if a security patch is shadowed (bsc#951592) (Michael Andres)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Allow the use of variadic functions in vala (Corentin Noël)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Make pk_details_get_size documentation more specific (Aleix Pol)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-09-21
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Process the offline update triggered by older PK versions (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Use Glib for reading symlink to prevent crash with some compilers (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-09-15
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Don't assume time_t is same as long (Adam Borowski)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Support g_autoptr() for all packagekit-glib2 object types (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Check the offline action trigger before performing the update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix two critical warnings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Sdd PackageKitGlib-1.0.metadata to release tarball (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- Fix a race with the backend job thread creation (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-08-19
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- hif: Record the UID of the session user in the yumdb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Add support for FILTER_ARCH (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Enable newer filters by default (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement install_files (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Other distros have synced their urpm API with mga (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Support the NOT filter variants too (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- yum: Add support for GetDetailsLocal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Record the UID of the session user in the yumdb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Generate Vala bindings (Robert Ancell)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Correctly register enum properties (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Exit quietly if we didn't prepare the offline update (Will Woods)
|
||
- Fix various docstring errors in the library (Robert Ancell)
|
||
- Look for libsystemd now that journal/login are merged (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-07-13
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Set install reason to explicitly installed (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- entropy: Fixed remove_package and search_details (skullbocks)
|
||
- entropy: Removed messages and fixing remove function (skullbocks)
|
||
- hif: Add missing locking when accessing sack cache (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Improve depsolving for parallel kernel installs (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Include any packages marked for installation when doing upgrades (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- portage: Removed messages and fixing remove function (skullbocks)
|
||
- python/backend: Fixing parameter order (skullbocks)
|
||
- urpm: Properly use is_package_installed() (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- yum: Fix backtrace when getting the update details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up two almost impossible-to-hit python warnings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Forward port to the new WhatProvides API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Return installed packages first with NEWEST filter (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- yum: Update comps groups code for internal Details API change (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Define command_not_found_handler for zsh (Will Thompson)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Correct punctuation while applying offline updates (Matthew Miller)
|
||
- Don't run if bash command completion is being run (Ville Skyttä)
|
||
- Fix Details() from spawned backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Port GTK+ module to org.freedesktop.PackageKit.Modify2 (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Return the correct error for syntax errors in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Return the correct error if nothing was done for repo-enable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-04-07
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: do not mix declarations and code (which ISO C90 forbids) (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- alpm: move configured global field into backend priv (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: move disabled global field into backend priv (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: reinitialize libalpm when localdb changed (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: remove RepoEnable (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: remove no longer used disabled repos logic (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: remove unused variable (Christian Hesse)
|
||
- hif: Fix use-after-free during untrusted repo check (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add dbus method for returning prepared packages (petervo)
|
||
- Add pk_backend_is_transaction_inhibited (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- gstreamer plugin: Add support for v2 of the PK session service interface (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Don't recursive lock the debug mutex when using --verbose without a tty (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make "reboot" the default action for no action file (Stephen Gallagher)
|
||
- gstreamer plugin: Adapt to gstreamer missing plugin changes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- gstreamer plugin: Avoid criticals when some of the parameters are NULL (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-02-09
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fix bad event usage when removing package (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Honor simulate flag while removing packages (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Honor simulate on pk_backend_install_files (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Inhibit cache invalidation while commiting transaction (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Track local db changes and invalidate cache (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- hif: Adapt to the new Hawkey API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add missing --allow-downgrade and --allow-reinstall to the man page (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2015-01-19
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add PK_INFO_ENUM_UNAVAILABLE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Clean logic in pk_alpm_transaction_packages (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Fix bad logic in pk_backend_resolve_name (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Fix SIGSEV when asking for package files (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Honor simulation when installing packages (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Pacman 4.2 support (Christian Hesse, piernov)
|
||
- aptcc: Always respect the noninteractive flag (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't ask about config changes if we are not interactive (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Use subdirectory in /tmp to store temporary data (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Remove unmaitained backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Fix make check by not calling pk_backend_job_finished() in the threaded code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Automatically import metadata public keys when safe to do so (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Automatically install AppStream metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Fix compile with newer versions of libhif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Fix several small memory leaks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Look for unavailable packages during resolve (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Move hif_source_is_supported() here (Colin Walters)
|
||
- hif: Proxy the allow-cancel state from the state to the job (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Return 'unavailable' packages for metadata-only repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Support HIF_SOURCE_KIND_LOCAL (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use a thread-local HifTransaction to avoid db3 index corruption (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Actually implement only_download & simulate (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Add myself as maintainer (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Add support for 'allow_downgrade' (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Add support for allow-reinstall (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Consider gstreamer1.0 those days (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Do pass new removepackages args (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Lock write transactions (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add 'quit' command to pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the install and remove commands to the packagekit-direct test tool (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Actually inhibit logind when the transaction can't be cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow pk_backend_job_set_allow_cancel() after ErrorCode has been set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not attempt to run command-not-found for anything prefixed with '.' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use PkBackendSpawn helpers in compiled backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a hard-to-debug crash when cancelling a task that has never been run (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pk_backend_job_call_vfunc() threadsafe (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pk_backend_repo_list_changed() threadsafe (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the network detection code simpler (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Really remove the timer GSource when quitting the daemon (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Recreate the download location if it does not already exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-11-10
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add support for reinstallation and downgrades (Michal Minar)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- hif: Add support for reinstall and downgrade (Michal Minar)
|
||
- hif: Use hif_context_set_vendor_cache_dir() to be smarter about the vendor cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use repo loader provided by the context (Michal Minar)
|
||
- zypp: Improve progress status (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: propagate install errors to PK (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Remap 'recommended' patches to 'BUGFIX' (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add reinstall and downgrade support to pkcon (Michal Minar)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-10-21
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Environment initialization refactoring (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Fix a few potential double-frees (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Invalidate offline updates when the rpmdb changes (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement filter_application (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement filter_download (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- zypp: Be more specific with the progress status messages (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Ensure to reach 100% on complete cache_refresh (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Fix compiler warning (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a KeepCache config parameter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not install the python helpers unless required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't assume systemd is found if --with-systemdsystemunitdir is passed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fall back to /usr/lib/os-release if /etc/os-release does not exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile when the systemd headers are not located in /usr/include (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Never allow cancelling a transaction twice (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Overwrite an existing link for packagekit-offline-update.service (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
Version 1.0.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-09-12
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- After over 7 years, 99 tarball releases and 11697 commits from 284 people
|
||
we've finally released the first stable version. Woohoo!
|
||
|
||
- I wanted to sent out a heart-felt thank you to all the people who have
|
||
contributed to the success of this project. I couldn't have done it on my
|
||
own and quite a few people were more important than they realize.
|
||
|
||
- Now, onto more practical aspects. These are the big changes for this release:
|
||
|
||
* The offline update functionality has moved to a proper D-Bus interface and
|
||
the pkexec helpers have been removed. Offline updates is an important
|
||
feature that no longer deserves to be bolted-on. All the existing users
|
||
have been ported to the new interface, but you need 3.13.92 if you're
|
||
running GNOME from unstable or jhbuild.
|
||
|
||
* No more plugins. Both in-tree and out-of-tree plugins were the biggest
|
||
source of crashes, and with the systemd offline updates merged into the core
|
||
daemon they are just not reuired anymore. All affected projects have been
|
||
notified.
|
||
|
||
* No more conary, opkg, smart or yum plugins. These have been unmaintained and
|
||
broken for over two years, so time to give them the heave-ho.
|
||
|
||
* The alpm, aptcc, hif and zypp plugins have had lots of love, and are up to
|
||
date with the latest features and working well.
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Add APPLICATION filter (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Add DOWNLOADED filter for get-updates (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Correctly namespace files and symbols (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- alpm: Don't crash when emitting the update details URLs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- alpm: Don't set the cancellable or status before finished (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- alpm: Honor cache age while refreshing repos (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Honor only download flag for update packages (Fabien Bourigault)
|
||
- alpm: Use a helper structure for backend data (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- alpm: Use the system database rather than the one in the prefix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Link against -lutil for forkpty (Colin Watson)
|
||
- conary: Remove the Conary backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Make the lock dir respect the DESTDIR (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Remove some unused functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use a real path for hy_sack_create() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use hif_source_commit() for new versions of the library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use the cached metadata if available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- katja: Fix repository initialization flaw (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- opkg: Remove the opkg backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Remove the SMART backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove the yum backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Add APPLICATION filter support (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Add DOWNLOADED filter support (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- zypp: Update to build with PK 0.9.x (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a D-Bus interface and helpers for offline support (Richard Hughes, Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Add a repo-set-data command to packagekit-direct (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a simple script that generates some offline metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_backend_job_get_cancellable() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_backend_job_is_cancelled() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_backend_set_user_data() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_offline_get_prepared_sack() and use it in the systemd-updates plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove pk-debuginfo-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove support for distros not supporting /etc/os-release (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the --enable-systemd-updates configure switch (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the events/pre-transaction.d functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the pkexec systemd helpers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the plugin interface (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove various options from the config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Automatically do pk_backend_job_finished() for threaded backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not shutdown the daemon on idle by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile of the ConnMan network support (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix packagekit-offline-update.service generation (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Increase the default transaction limits (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Prefer npapi-sdk over mozilla-plugins (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Refresh the NetworkManager state when the daemon starts (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.9.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-09-02
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Port the ALPM backend to the latest API (Aleix Pol)
|
||
- hif: Fix a crash when refreshing a repo that is not enabled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Fix up a few state warnings when refreshing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Make the HyQuery refcounting easier to understand (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Regenerate the SAT indexes when refreshing the cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Support setting DESTDIR from packagekit-direct (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add --allow-untrusted option to pkcon (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- Add a new tool called packagekit-direct that can run without a daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove remaining time reporting (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the desktop.db plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not commit the transaction manually but instead set the correct state (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not log a critical warning when idle exiting (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash when we are cancelling a transaction that has not yet been run (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make browser-plugin search for npapi-sdk or mozilla-plugin (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Never ever use g_main_context_iteration() manually (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.9.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-07-17
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- hif: Fix up a signature mismatch with a libhif signal handler (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Include both available and installed packages in NEWEST filter (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Use new hawkey API for getting advisory details (Radek Holy)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Automatically switch to hif backend when the config file says hawkey (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Plug a small leak in the gstreamer-plugin (Kalev Lember)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.9.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-06-23
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Use Python3 for g-d-upgrade helper (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- hawkey: Port to libhif and rename the backend to "Hif" (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Adapt to hif_package_set_action() API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Allow untrused packages to be installed again (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Fix compile warning for new libhif versions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Reimplement multiple kernel package installation (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- hif: Rely on libhif doing the rpmdb watching (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Set the context parameters before setting it up (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use hif_context_get_install_root() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use hif_context_get_native_arches() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use hif_transaction_download() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hif: Use the new hif_goal_get_packages() API from libhif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Don't prompt to install already installed packages (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add PK_ROLE_ENUM_GET_OLD_TRANSACTIONS to get-roles response (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Automatically fix permissions of transactions.db (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix crash when a plugin is using the backend in it's initialization stage (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make the polkit policy not be desktop-centric (Stef Walter)
|
||
- Simplify prepared updates file creation (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- Update group list in the documenation (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.9.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-04-29
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Added support to remove repository and it's packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add installed prefix on package id data field (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add support for APPLICATIONS filter (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add support for PK_FILTER_ENUM_DOWNLOADED (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Disable the PK_FILTER_ENUM_COLLECTIONS support (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix package name dependecy (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: If repo name is null and package is installed don't leave an ending : at the end (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Improve repo id and description (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Initial commit to support RepoRemove totally broken (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure get_roles returns REPO_REMOVE (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Properly send the package summary and license when getting details (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Remove _config and _system repeated initialization to the backend init this was causing an incremental sloweness to each new transaction (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Update default changelog URL (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: use a more appropriate enum from broken deps (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- katja: Add getters for Pkgtools members (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: add katja-utils with help functions (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Add PkBackendKatjaJobData structure (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Don't try to install obsolete packages (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Exclude duplicates from search results (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Exclude obsolete from the search results (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: fix wrong save of patch metadata (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Make Pkgtools to Interface (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Pass blacklist to the constructor (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Pass job pointer to class methods (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Recognize obsolete packages (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: remove obsolete packages on update-packages (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- hawkey: Fix hif_find_pkg_from_name() to return the correct package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Store a helper array of packages rpm wants to obsolete (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Store the status in the package private area (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Show the full package name and version in the systemd-updates logs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Don't crash when polkit_authority_get_sync() fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Link gstreamer plugin against 1.0 as well (Dimitri John Ledkov)
|
||
- Only search for packages when shell is interactive (Dan Nicholson)
|
||
- Quote the arguments passed to pk-command-not-found (Dan Nicholson)
|
||
- Use local variables in the shell cnf handler (Dan Nicholson)
|
||
- Fix get-roles and remove trailing semicolon on repo-set-data (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Reduce logging verbosity in systemd-updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.9.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2014-03-24
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- slapt-get backend replaced with the Katja backend (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Properly bump the soname after the branch (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add pk_package_sack_find_by_id_name_arch() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Support an old daemon for PkDetails and new library versions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- apt: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Change some changelog formatting which can confuse markdown parsers (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix Debian changelog url generation (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix Ubuntu changelog loading as well (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: If the aptcc backend fails to spawn gdebi std_out and std_err is invalid (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make changelog-loading future-proof on Debian/Tanglu (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Update to new pk_backend_job_details and pk_backend_spawn_new APIs (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Update to the new PK backend API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Add Entropy Resources Lock support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Add support for parallel Entropy (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Allow lazy load of all the heavy object instances (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Drop compatibility with old entropy releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Drop support for PackageFileUpdates interface, removed upstream (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Enable backend parallelization support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: PackageKitEntropyClient.output API update (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- hawkey: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Add support for the 'source' filter for queries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Allow getting the .repo filename from the HifSource (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Allow packages to change architecture when updating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Always change repo data in a thread (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Automatically repair the system if the transaction fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not fail when update details are no longer available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not re-create the sack if the media repo was verified less than 1s ago (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not replace all kernel packages with a new update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not return available packages that are already installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not re-use the sack when a media source is cached in the repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not use librepo to download packages on the DVD (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do the refresh-cache transaction in a thread (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Drop HifSourceScanFlags (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Fix installing i386 packages on a 64bit computer (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Free memory after g_file_new_for_path (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- hawkey: Get and set the correct keys in the yumdb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: if a specified a specific cache-age then do not use the sack cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Implement GetDetailsLocal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Implement GetFilesLocal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Implement RepairSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Implement RepoRemove() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Never replace newer metadata with an older copy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Release locks early if the state fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Return a better error when the rpmdb is hosed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Return a depsolved list when doing GetUpdates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Return the proper error code if hy_sack_load_yum_repo() fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Run GetDetails() in a thread to avoid blocking the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Save the previously downloaded packages when refreshing the cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Show the package origin when simulating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Split out the repos functionality to its own file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Support more filter modes when getting the list of repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Support the package_id origin syntax used by yum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Take more locks when writing to metadata and repo files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the cache age in deciding when to download new metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the correct error code when the lock is required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the location basename when downloading packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the package cost when choosing a repo to use (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Work around an oddity in the Fedora metadata format (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Katja: Add cache_info table (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Add header files to the Makefile (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Add metadata.db (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Always enable foreign keys (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Change percent_step type to gdouble to avoid 0 value (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Delete existing database on refresh force (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Don't close the database on error (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Download file lists (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Download single packages (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- katja: Fix 'make distcheck' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Katja: Force refresh if the cache is too old (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Implement pk_backend_job_start (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Modify default Slackware mirror based on architecture (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Parse MANIFEST.bz2 (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Remember configuration modifications (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Rename local 'conf' variables (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Search file (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Katja: Use pk_directory_remove_contents (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- poldek: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Adapt to mageia api list (Nicolas Lécureuil)
|
||
- urpmi: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Use mageia bugzilla as default (Nicolas Lécureuil)
|
||
- yum: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Adapt to the WhatProvides API change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new method GetDetailsLocal to get details about local packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a RepoRemove method to the transaction interface (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add GetFilesLocal() to be able to get the file list of a local file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fall back to a details search for 'pkcon search foo' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Include summary in PkDetails (Giovanni Campagna)
|
||
- pkcon: print summary in get-details (Giovanni Campagna)
|
||
- Set all the proxy settings when using pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set an idle IO priority for background threaded transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Allow optionally shutting down after applying updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add missing header (Nicolas Lécureuil)
|
||
- Add Qt annotation to the new Details signature (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Annotate DBUS Interfaces (Dominique Leuenberger, Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Assume a cache-age of 'any' by default when using pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Assume we don't want to install source packages with pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clear the prepared-updates file only when the update is invalidated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not disregard any transaction that takes more than 43 seconds to complete (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not install into python_sitelib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not overrride CLEANFILES from gtk-doc, append to it (Alban Browaeys)
|
||
- Do not refer to packages in the PolicyKit dialog messages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use the '…' character when talking to plymouth (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use the default main context in sync PkClient methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix directory path in the docs (Eugene Wissner)
|
||
- Fix project links in docs (William Jon McCann)
|
||
- gstreamer-plugin: Link with gstreamer 1.0 (Kalev Lember)
|
||
- gtk-doc: DOC_SOURCE_DIR is relative to builddir (Alban Browaeys)
|
||
- Make functions called by pk_backend_job_thread_create() thread safe (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only scan .desktop files in the datadir (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove deprecated API from the libpackagekit-glib library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove PkConf and use GKeyFile directly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the PkProvidesEnum parameter from WhatProvides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the workaround for the gvfs session bus fix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename GetDepends and GetRequires to DependsOn and RequiredBy (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Return an error if a client tries to execute an unknown method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the default cache-age to 'never' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When using 'pkcon install' assume arch filter unless specified otherwise (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.14
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-12-02
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- We've removed and deprecated the parts of PackageKit that either didn't
|
||
work very well, or simply were not being used. The library and soname stays
|
||
the same, but a lot of daemon cruft has been removed.
|
||
- If you're wondering why a particular feature was removed, please either
|
||
look at the commit history or have a look at the ChangeLog.
|
||
- A lot of the work above focused on speed, and packagekitd is substantially
|
||
faster on most backends now. 100ms here, 50ms there; things feel a lot more
|
||
snappy doing the most common operations.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Do not add two refs on the PkPackage when in a sack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not check if the package-id name is valid UTF-8 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not maintain two arrays of the same packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use g_strdup_printf() when building a package_id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Optimise pk_package_set_id() by not using g_strsplit() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove an overly-cautious dup when setting the package ID (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- box: Remove backend, it's obsolete upstream (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Add PackageActionFactory API support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Handling SIGQUIT is no longer needed (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Migrate pk_backend_remove_packages to the new API (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Port to the new add_package_repository() API (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Remove support for UpdateSystem (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Use transaction_flags (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- hawkey: Cache the loaded sacks to save 280ms for repeat transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not hardcode x86_64 as the native architecture (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Invalidate the sack cache if anything changes the rpmdb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Update the percentage allocation when searching (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- portage: Migrate pk_backend_remove_packages to the new API (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: Remove support for UpdateSystem (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: Use transaction_flags (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- zif: Remove as nearly all functionality is available in hawkey (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Deprecations and Removed Features:
|
||
- Deprecate catalogs in favour of using the low level APIs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Deprecate messages as they are never shown to the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not allow the user to specify the proxy in PackageKit.conf (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not check for running processes when we update packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not check processes when updating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not try and guess the default backend when compiling (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use 'DeveloperMode' as nobody uses it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove PmUtils script helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove service pack functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove support for upgrading very old PackageKit databases (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the --daemonize command line option (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the --enable-tests configure argument (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the RequireRestart plugin with the hardcoded package names (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the Udev firmware loading functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the ability to deselect the network stack at runtime (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'BackendSpawnAllowSIGKILL' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'BackendSpawnIdleIOBackground' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'CancelBackgroundTransactions' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'CheckSharedLibrariesInUse' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'NoUpdateProcessList' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'TransactionKeepFinishedTimeout' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'UseIdleBandwidth' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'UseSyslog' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the config option 'WritePreparedUpdates' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the maintainer tool to get the free licence list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Update the website and developer docs to reflect reality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Don't populate a PkResults object just so we can save one PkErrorEnum value (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't update the text package cache when refreshing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Explicitly mark the required PolicyKit as a hard dep (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Never ever use WError (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only get the sender cmdline when the value is going to be used (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only load the transaction introspection once (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only validate UTF-8 text from the spawned backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Speed up loading the transaction introspection by 13ms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.13
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-11-22
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- hawkey: Calculate the pkgid in all cases to fix a crash on remove (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Calibrate the progress bars on more transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Check if the package is downloaded before trying to download (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not crash when installing local files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not explode in a ball of fire if the dbpath couldn't be generated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not load all the repos just to write the yumdb entry (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not load the updateinfo unless required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not log the state if the combined time is less than 1ms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Don't try to clean the source if it does not yet exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Download to a temp location before nuking the previous metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Fix a crash when writing the yumdb metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Never go back to the test-commit phase when running the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Run all the backend methods in threads (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Support .repo files having metalink and not mirrorlist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Switch the backend job to 'running' when it's been set up (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use hy_query_filter_latest_per_arch() to fix multiarch (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the new hy_query_filter_provides_in() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the xattr hash value when checking files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: librepo now tells us when the download size has been recalculated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Adapt to the new API (Jakub Bogusz)
|
||
- yum: Do not auto-close the rpmdb when running a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a systemd packagekit.service file (Colin Walters)
|
||
- Provide a way to run the spawned backend under strace (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise the GLib dep to 2.32 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix the --with-systemdsystemunitdir option to actually work (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not abort the daemon if we can't write to a database (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not proxy the action states when simulating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't crash if ProxyHTTP is set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a small memory leak spotted by clang (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix critical warning when killing a backend with new versions of GLib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix memory leak when running plugins (Thomas Perl)
|
||
- Fix memory leak when using new versions of GLib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore the prefix when dealing with the PackageKit prepared update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the debugging print formatter thread safe (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove duplicate assignment of pkcon '-y' option (Thomas Perl)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Never use the application icon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Log all warnings and notices to the journal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Show some text progress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.12
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-10-18
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add a method to parse a PkPackage from it's description (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_transaction_past_get_timestamp() as a helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some simple getters for PkDetails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some simple getters for PkTransactionPast (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Destroy and re-create the control proxy if the server changes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not have duplicate 'interactive' properties (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make PkTask thread-default-context aware (Giovanni Campagna)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- pisi: Detect when reboot is required and report it (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Fix parsing of package update messages (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Support INFO_BUGFIX when listing new updates (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add GetPackageHistory() that returns history data for packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Check for packagekitd in the right location (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Do not send the backend a cache age of -308 when using UINT_MAX (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-09-02
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- hawkey: Adapt to the new API in librepo (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not abort the refresh if a specific repo is not available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not fail to refresh if a single repo is unavailable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Do not hardcode version numbers and architecture details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Port to the new librepo API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Write to the yumdb when running a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pisi: Major code cleanups to pass lint tests (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- yum: Do not check for infra packages when getting the update list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not use network access if we're filtering with ONLY_DOWNLOAD (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not use network access if we're filtering with ONLY_DOWNLOAD (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Adapt to pk_backend_job_files change (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Make it possible to cancel an offline update (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add offline update commands to the pkcon man page (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Make sure basic stuff is set up before entering the STARTED plugin phase (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- pkcon: Add a few missing subcommands to the help output (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- pkcon: Document commands and options (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-07-26
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Actually return the error if any PkClient methods failed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix a potential segfault when getting the error code for the results (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- ruby_packagekit: update enums with enum-convertor (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ruby_packagekit: update prints with commands (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ruby_packagekit: update the backend API (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Don't store downloads in partial (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix compilation for the backend API where seding package files gets an array of gchar (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use glib types to deal with the files emit (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Adapt to pk_backend_job_files change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Add a new backend designed to replace the yum and zif backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Add update states and update info details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Always filter the updates list to the newest packages only (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Remove the cached .rpm files after they have been used for install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Support the DOWNLOADED filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- hawkey: Use the new hy_package_get_userdata() functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pisi: Basic fixes required to make backend functional again (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Coding cleanups and hiccups removals, better handling of deps, etc. (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Fix homepage in details (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Implement 'download-packages' (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Implement 'get-update-detail' (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Load PiSi components -> PK Group mappings from file (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Mark myself as maintainer in pk-backend-pisi (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Report installation and removal progress to PackageKit (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Report progress in all relevant transactions, use factory deps method, clean up (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- pisi: Support simulated transactions, allow multiple package removal and installation (Ikey Doherty)
|
||
- ports: Add the mime-type for .txz packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Remove the update_system function (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Upgrade the backend for portupgrade to 0.8 (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Only download the offline update packages if not already in the cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use yb.downloadPkgs() to download updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Adapt to pk_backend_job_files change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Add support for the DOWNLOADED filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a 'DOWNLOADED' filter to select only packages already in the cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add three pkcon sub-commands for offline updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow local active users in the wheel group to install signed packages without a password (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow plugins to override PolicyKit action IDs (Colin Watson)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Also look for libraries in type txt from lsof (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Correctly handle SIGINT signals again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Default lsof installation path on FreeBSD (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Depend on GLib 2.30.0 for the UNIX signal handling features (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not start the daemon if we cannot get a valid starting ID (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't cause warnings if /proc/net/route is missing (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Do proper error checking when modifying the transaction database (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit error for Listaller package installs, if Listaller is not installed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Ensure we create the per-system metadata cache location (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix Listaller compat check if IPK mime type is not installed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Generate the python files to get the path right (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- If the transaction database is missing, show an error and cleanly shutdown (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Load an instance of the transaction database for each transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pk_backend_job_files() accept an array of strings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the client-helper run on non-Linux systems (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Make the test scripts use a standard shell (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Only check the package-id of ::Files when specified (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only search newest packages when resolving 'pkcon update foo' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise the package process threshold to 5000 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Do not exit with an error for a race condition (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-05-20
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- yum: Update the comps->group mapping for Fedora 19 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When converting to unicode special case YumBaseError (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add 'pkcon backend-details' to be get details of the selected backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add fallback for older libarchive (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Do not rely on Python2 to write UTF-8 strings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use -fPIE when calling g-ir-scanner (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure the package is removed from the sack properly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Modify CodingStyle (Murilo Opsfelder Araujo)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-05-08
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- PackageKit now allow local active users to install signed software without
|
||
prompting for authentication. If you need to change this you will need to
|
||
either install a PolicyKit override or just patch the policy file.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Add some public getters to PkUpdateDetail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use the default main context in sync PkClient methods (Giovanni Campagna)
|
||
- When getting desktop data try the installed prefix, and then the system copy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Account for minor API changes in alpm 8 (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Add GPGDir config option (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Add new error codes (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Allow forced install of untrusted packages (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Fix freedesktop.org bug #44713 (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Fix locale and proxy support (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Implement preliminary signature checking (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Improve and update config file parsing (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Improve messages and status/progress reports (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Make use of new package origin API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port configuration logic to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port enum constants to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port error messagess to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port function calls to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port public structs to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port type names to new API (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Remove ShowSize option, add VerbosePkgLists (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Report new informational updates to frontend (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Update error codes again (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- aptcc: Check if we have network only for operations that need it (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure we always use gboolean on g_variant_get calls (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix compile warnings (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix repo set data signature (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix sorting of packages and duplicates removal (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: GDebi supports now the installation of multi-arch packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Get changelogs like apt-get does (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use gboolean for g_variant_get (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure we do the network test before setting the no network error (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Remove redundant colon (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Set a friendly message on the changelog text if we failed to fetch it (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use the right var type (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Fix compile with __attribute__ gnu_printf (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Add compatibility with Entropy 179 (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Add forward compatibility with upcoming new Entropy Library releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Fix undefined reference "update" (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- yum: Ensure conf.cache is set before repo.cache is created (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ignore errors when removing packages to work out the requires list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not issue a critical warning when doing WhatProvides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix compile with __attribute__ gnu_printf (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix GetDepends when more than one package is specified (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Respect the filters when doing GetRequires (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use the same speedup used in libzif upstream (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Do not trigger invalid numbers (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Fix compile with __attribute__ gnu_printf (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Fix download progress (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Fix removing packages (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Ignore system resolvables during install too (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Ignore @System upgrades during update (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Instantiate PoolStatusSaver after pool is built (bnc#804054) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Less debug in progress functions (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Merge all backend code into one file, much easier to refactor (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Only allow to update candidates (fdo#61231) (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Remap PK provides into rpm provides as the zif backend does (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: Use the right functions to get solvables (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Added Provides property to retrieve which Provides the backend supports (Daniel Nicoletti, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Expose the transaction flags on the .Transaction object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use __attribute__ gnu_printf when dealing with varargs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED for pk_backend_spawn_helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use PIE to better secure installed tools and also use full RELRO in the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add compatibility with newer libarchive versions (Matthias Klumpp, Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Allow clients to call org.freedesktop.DBus.Peer (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Do not crash when running an installed package that is upgradable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not install the bash-completion code in /etc (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use _UTF8Writer when using python3 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not write the prepared-updates file if systemd is not available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't abort the daemon if the client requests a property that does not exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't initialize GType system on newer GLib versions (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Ensure /var/lib/PackageKit exists before using it (Colin Walters)
|
||
- Fix compiling with --enable-systemd --disable-systemd-updates (Dominique Leuenberger)
|
||
- Fix crash while calling inhibit into systemd-login (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- Fixed connman interface (Pekka Lundstrom)
|
||
- Fix symbol-prefix passed to g-ir-scanner (Evan Nemerson)
|
||
- Make PackageKit compile on !Linux again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Pause for 10 seconds if an error occurred before restarting systemd-updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove pk-plugin-clear-system-update as removing the trigger file is never required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the prepared-updates file if any relevant state was changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Resolve according to the filters when doing 'pkcon get-requires' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Support getting the distro-id from /etc/os-release (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the correct session method to fix font installation in pk-gtk-module (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Write a pre-failure status file in case the update transaction crashes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2013-01-16
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Fix a remaining lock that was being left on the archive directory (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix bug that caused the resolver wanted to remove some random packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix bug that was marking some packages as auto-installed and confused the resolver (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix build when using AM_CPPFLAGS (Alban Browaeys)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash caused by trying to Close the AptCacheFile that wasn't opened (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix trusted packages not being emitted when an untrusted package was available (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure we init the config files so the Arch filter is properly set (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make the refresh cache code the same of apt-get (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Since PackageKit doesn't emulate finished anymore we need to finish the package when installing (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- urpm: (fullname_to_package_id) fix missing ";" (tv)
|
||
- urpm: (get_package_id) fix missing ";" (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: fix alt text for bad status (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: fix alt text for good status (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: fix filtering free/non-free packages (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: fix getting media of first non installed package (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: _huge_ speed up when retrieving ID of an installed package (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: tell from where pkg2medium() come (tv)
|
||
- urpmi: update status (tv)
|
||
- zypp: always solve dependencies with 'IgnoreAlreadyRecommended ON' (bnc#747751) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: check for best architecture and version when looking for the 'newest' package (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: finish port of backend to 0.8 API (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
- zypp: match the patch name to prevent an internal error (Gary Ching-Pang Lin)
|
||
- zypp: return package list ordered witht respect to solver policies (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: TODO is old and outdated, removed (Stephan Kulow)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not ask for authentication when the transaction is being simulated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not connect to NetworkManager in _init() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use the deprecated INCLUDES in Makefile.am (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If a simulated only-trusted transaction returns with need-untrusted then re-simulate with only-trusted=FALSE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the emulation of finishing last_package since it breaks when we are working with multiple packages at the same time (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Return the correct type when the network state changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Don't show debugging text when using PK_OFFLINE_UPDATE_TEST (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Don't show 'Update process 99% complete' as it's not translated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- The GStreamer provide name is gstreamer1() not gstreamer1.0() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use /dev/tty or /dev/console where available rather than just using stdout (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-11-26
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add pk_package_sack_to_file() to save the sack to disk (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Check for failure to copy files when making a service pack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Remove some unused code spotted by coverity (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Move the libpackagekit-qt code to a separate project (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Fix valgrind warning about use of uninitialized var (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- urpmi: Add support Mageia too (& next Mdv Server) (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix compilation without UPDATE_SYSTEM (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix displaying inverted repo_list status (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix filter_installed (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix "pkcon repo-list" failing to parse (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Port to the new PkTransactionFlags API (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- urpmi: Use utf8:: functions instead of Encode (Thierry Vignaud)
|
||
- yum: Don't crash when resolving groups (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't rely on a blacklist for RequireRestart (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle NoMoreMirrorsRepoError when using repo.getPackage() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only emit the package list once when using WhatProvides() with multiple search terms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use a the error NoPackagesToUpdate when there are no updates available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Don't try to cancel the backend if it's not running (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Remove an unused variable spotted by coverity (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a 'make coverity' command to the buildsystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Don't search for packages if backend is known to be too slow (Elad Alfassa)
|
||
- Convert Python scripts to Python3 and make it possible to use Python3 (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Reinstate 'pkcon list-create' for the service pack functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Always return the DBus error when input validation fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check the return value of fcntl before spawning the helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Check for ctrl-d when the user selects a package to install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Fall back to MaxSearchTime=5000 if the config file is missing (Elad Alfassa)
|
||
- Correctly match the installed file to a package when checking shared libraries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correct the pkcon example in the pkgenpack man page (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Discard any user input over 64 chars when asking for a package number (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not abort the transaction if the plugin exits with success (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not divide by zero if all the time gradients are invalid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not send the UpdatesChanged signal for only-download or simulate (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not try to run the job signal callback when it has been disconnected (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use --force for 'pkcon refresh' it gets swallowed by the option parser (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't throw a cryptic warning when 'pkcon update' has no packages needing an update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't try to cancel the backend if it's not running after thread setup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit RequireRestart(system) in a PackageKit daemon plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash on 32bit when using DownloadSizeRemaining (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Perform the simulation of spawned transactions correctly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Show a progressbar if the user presses [esc] during the system update to get to text mode (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Simplify check for polkit (Ryan Lortie)
|
||
- Update website C sample for installing packages (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-10-29
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is probably the last release where packagekit-qt is bundled with
|
||
the main daemon. Distros should package up the QT bindings before
|
||
the next PackageKit release.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Ensure remote error is stripped before showing it to the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Add introspection properties (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Add invokable methods to retrieve the package id sections (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: A few more changes so Daemon and Transaction flags can be accessed by QML (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Break ABI to make pk-qt more closer to what pk-glib is and allow for searchGroup() to work (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Simplied API (by greatly breaking it) so it can be safer in QML (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Added workaround for the not-respecting-simulate bug (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Fix a critical warning when updating from the command line (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: keep pkgdb open through the whole transaction (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: port to the new API (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: remove UpdateSystem method (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Print the exception detail when a package failed to be downloaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix a critical warning when enabling a repository (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Change the priority state changed timeout to 2 seconds (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Ignore InvalidInput errors from the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correctly register remote transaction DBus errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- offline-updates: Don't crash when writing the offline-update-competed file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- offline-updates: Only save packages that have been updated or installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pk-gtk-module: Argument pango_language_matches() must be canonical (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() rather than just looking at the prefix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-10-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Lots of nice bugfixes (mainly for the parallel-backend code), but
|
||
also a few new features to play with.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fix getTimeSinceAction (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Disable parallelization for now (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Use a thread when doing the socket ping-pong test (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit finished() if the lock is not available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle RepoError when downloading packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Work around a yum API break for resolving (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Adjust PK_FILTER_ENUM_NOT_DEVELOPMENT (bnc#770028) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Construct PoolItem from sat::Solvable rather than doing a search (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Don't retrieve raw package attributes but use zypp::ResObject (bnc#764677) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Don't waste time comparing zypp::Arch string representations (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Fix missing dtor (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: No longer use the old and deprecated ZYppCommitResult members (bnc#769764) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: No need to retrieve installed packages attributes from rpm database (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Set CXXFLAGS and use --std=c++0x as libzypp does (bnc#769764) (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Use pre-increment in for-loops to avoid temporaries (Michael Andres)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- cnf: Suggest a Linux binary if the Solaris name is used (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove support for the deprecated category search prefix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use pkttyagent to request user passwords if required (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- When retrying a cancelled task wait before rescheduling it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum-plugin: Ask PackageKit to quit when yum is started (Elad Alfassa)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Allow plugins to restore transaction signals (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Allow the user to specify standard GNU help options (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Return with exit code 127 for a cancelled transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not allow the client to overwrite files when downloading packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not fail with lock-required when a cancelled transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't finish an adopted transaction prematurely (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- Don't leak pango languages (William Jon McCann)
|
||
- Drop unneeded schema (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Ensure we cancel background transactions for a interactive transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix plugin interface transaction_start method (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix several return values in pkcon when there is an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Increase MaximumItemsToResolve default value to 1200 (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make sure all plugin events are processed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Preserve previously-set backend roles (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Remove backend/ includes dir and install missing Jobs header (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Remove PK_PLUGIN_PHASE_TRANSACTION_FINISHED_START as it's unused (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the --nowait option in pkcon, it does not work with PkTask (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Run the transaction-run plugins before we start the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Wire up all signals for pk_plugin_transaction_run() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-08-06
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is the first release that features the work done by Matthias to
|
||
allow multiple transactions to run in parallel.
|
||
This makes applications such as gnome-software and software-center
|
||
run without having to wait for the global lock just to query.
|
||
- The aptcc and zif backends are run in parallel by default, other
|
||
backends still run each transaction one at a time.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Save the transaction flags when removing packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Don't use pk_backend_set_simultaneous_mode as it is obsoleted by ItemProgress (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Implement pk_backend_reset_job() to keep the cache alive (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Add fake-locks to test parallelization (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Fix cancellation when using threads (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Make InstallPackages() threaded (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Make RefreshCache() threaded (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Make Resolve() threaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Make search_details and search_names threaded (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Make sure we unlock the backend again on UpdatePackages() (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- dummy: Make UpdatePackages() threaded and fix lock-issue (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- yum: Don't return an obscure error if the rpmdb returns a result it can't later find (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix a backtrace if we send the legacy percentage update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix a python backtrace when removing a package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Set the item percentage when installing the package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the correct API when using ItemProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add handling for parallel transactions to PkTransactionList (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add sanity checks for PkBackendJob to check if it is running or not (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add self-tests for parallelization (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Allow backends to disable parallelization if they don't support it (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Always make some transaction roles exclusive (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Print the ItemProgress signals in pkmon when in verbose mode (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add GStreamer 1.0 support to the PackageKit plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add WritePreparedUpdates config item for admins to turn off the systemd-updates feature (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the authentication steps to be optionally skipped when in self-test mode (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Don't skip the reset action if a backend only implements _start() or _stop() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't treat a dispatcher failure as an ignorable error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix GIR annotations (and add PkBackendJob) (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-07-16
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- We broke backend API and libpackagekit-glib and libpackagekit-qt
|
||
ABI. Again. This should hopefully be the last soname bump in the
|
||
0.8.x series.
|
||
- We split up PkBackend into PkBackend and PkBackendJob. It's a pretty
|
||
huge internal change, but it'll allow us to turn on the parallel
|
||
transactions stuff in the next couple of releases. Most backends
|
||
need updating, although sed has done a lot of the heavy lifting.
|
||
- The systemd-updates has had a lot of bugfixes and poilish and is now
|
||
ready to be used by end users. There's even a test document now.
|
||
- You can now write plugins that get run if the daemon is told to drop
|
||
internal state as another package manager is running, e.g. YUM CLI.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Don't update the transaction role to 'unknown' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Fix compilation on 32 bit (Rex Dieter)
|
||
- qt: Fix infinite loop on Package operator== (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Fix TransactionFlags to receive bitwise values (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes, Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Update Role enum to match the bitwise number of pk-enum.h (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't freeze if apt-listchanges is installed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't use tempfile with fixed name for conffiles (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix compilation without UPDATE_SYSTEM (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Port to PkBackendJob (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Remove two unused methods from AptCacheFile (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- box: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- conary: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Port to PkBackendJob (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pisi: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- portage: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- ports: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- slapt: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- test: Port to PkBackendJob (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- test: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add support for the only-download transaction flag (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Disable async parallel downloading to prevent a hard to debug infinate loop (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit ItemProgress() as the files are being installed by rpm (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix a backtrace when updating packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Pass all the transaction_flags to _runYumTransaction() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Port to PkBackendJob (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Port to PkBackendJob (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Remove support for UpdateSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Partial port to PkBackendJob [untested] (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Abstract out a PkBackendJob object for parallel transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a status parameter to Transaction::ItemProgress() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow retrieving the PkBackendJob from a PkTransaction (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Inhibit shutdown when the package manager is locked (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the backend UpdateSystem action (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the Transaction.UpdateSystem() method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Run any methods that implement pk_plugin_state_changed() when the daemon state changes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Always process the finished signal at a priority lower than the other signals (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Always return signals to the daemon using idle (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check for the finished signal being connected before running each backend method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not use UpdateSystem() in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Disable package-cache by default (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Do not run the plugins when using only-download (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't show a warning on refresh if /var/run/PackageKit/udev does not exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash when emitting ItemProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash when updating a package that has ItemProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix segfault in pkcon when user does ctrl-d at the package prompt (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Implement locked-changed in PkBackendJob (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make each plugin skip simulate actions, if needed (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Move the prepared-update functionality into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Never run any plugins for simulated actions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only simulate in pkcon if only-download is not set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Reset the job vfuncs when resetting the job in a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send a PropertyChanged signal when setting the role (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the exit code before running the plugin finished handlers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Add environment PK_OFFLINE_UPDATE_TEST=1 for testing funcitonality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: If the upgrade tool exits with an error reboot the system (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Remove the prepared-updates file if GetUpdates() returns no packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Remove the prepared-updates file if the daemon state changes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- systemd-updates: Write package_ids into /var/lib/PackageKit/prepared-update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- We don't need to authenticate at all to just download packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When doing 'pkcon update' allow the user to specify filters but enforce NEWEST (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When sending ::Transaction(), send the role as a uint to match the DBus specification (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.8.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-06-25
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- We've broken a lot of API in this release. A LOT. If you're using the
|
||
systemd D-Bus interface of PackageKit, then it's likely you'll have
|
||
to spend a few minutes converting to the new interfaces.
|
||
If you use the packagekit-glib or packagekit-qt bindings they'll
|
||
be the odd change too, but nothing quite as drastic.
|
||
- Both the client libraries broke ABI, so there's a soname bump.
|
||
- Needless to say, it's probably not a good idea to push all this new
|
||
and broken code into your super-stable paid-for-support distro.
|
||
- If anyone has questions about porting, grab one of us developers on
|
||
the PackageKit mailing list.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- qt: Fix updatePackages() and Package() creating to keep store the summary (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Globaly opening the sqlite desktop db is also usefull (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Make the returned role match to our bitwise enum (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Split Package class in three and update API to match current (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Turns out global setHints is quite usefull (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: update it to use QDBusObjectPath (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Update to the new API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Use QStringList for mimetypes and uit for canAuthorize, also drop utils and bitfield classes (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- glib: Add a PkItemProgress helper object to remove the workaround in PkProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Make the 'update-vendor-urls' property have a proper char** type (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Make the updates and obsoletes items in Transaction::UpdateDetail actual arrays (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Make the URL items in Transaction::UpdateDetail actual arrays (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: Add suport for PREPARE flag (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add support to DownloadSizeRemaining (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- aptcc: do the porting to the flags bitfield (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Ported to the new emitItemProgress() signal (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- box: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- box: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- conary: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Do not use the deprecated pk_backend_set_sub_percentage() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: don't emit an extra backend message, it breaks the self tests (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Only show action enums when simulating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Port to the new PkTransactionFlags API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pisi: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- portage: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- ports: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- slapt: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Fix crasher with the get-packages method (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: port to 0.8.x (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- test: Convert to the modified thread helper API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- test: Do not return TRUE from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- test: Port to the new PkTransactionFlags API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not try to set the transaction sub-percentage anymore (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Port to the new PkTransactionFlags API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use job_start() and job_stop() to set the media repo options (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: add suport for PK_TRANSACTION_FLAG_ENUM_ONLY_DOWNLOAD (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Add the custom ZifLock error domain and codes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: call pk_backend_set_locked() when locked and show a message on the console (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Convert to the modified thread helper API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not return TRUE from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not use deprecated libzif API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not use the deprecated pk_backend_set_sub_percentage() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Only emit a Package() when the package_id hint is valid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Port to the new pk_backend_update_detail() API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Port to the new PkTransactionFlags API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Raise the required version of libzif to remove a ton of #ifdef's (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use job_start() and job_stop() to set the media repo options (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use the default root set in Zif.conf (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Disable the backend until support for simulate and only-download are added (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Do not return a value from the thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Fix calculation of package size with recent versions of libzypp (Max Lin)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a dummy GTK+2 module to avoid a warning when starting GTK+2 applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an optional binary to update the system when offline (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an optional pkexec binary to create the system-update symlink (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a --only-download option to pkcon for testing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added Transaction property DownloadSizeRemaining, so backends can tell how much download is left to do (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add logind support which is enabled by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add method to check if an exclusive transaction is running (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add pkexec executable pk-clear-offline-update to be able to clear the offline-update message (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow backends to declare when they've locked the database (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Handle LOCK_REQUIRED signal in transactions & allow transaction reset (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Notable API Breaks:
|
||
- Add a PkBitfield of the transaction_flags for Transacton.RemovePackages to allow simulate (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a PK_TRANSACTION_FLAG_ENUM_ONLY_DOWNLOAD option for all transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow a user_data parameter to be passed to the backend thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert the Daemon.MimeTypes property into an array (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not return a boolean from the backend thread functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the result parameter of CanAuthorize an enumerated value (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the transaction ID in Transaction::Transaction() a DBus object path, not a string (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make Transaction::Files return an array of strings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make transactions in Daemon::GetTransactionList() a DBus object path array, not a string array (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove Daemon.SetRoot(), nothing uses it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove Message(UntrustedPackage) as it's no longer used and deprecated (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove support for the deprecated Transaction.Subpercentage property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove support for the table-of-vfuncs backend compatibility mode (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the only_trusted flag and Simulate* methods in favour of using transaction flags (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the Transaction.Rollback method, nothing uses it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename GetTid() to CreateTransaction() and make it return an object path (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use an enumerated value for the base.NetworkState property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a PkBitfield for the base.Filters property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a PkBitfield for the base.Groups property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a PkBitfield for the base.Roles property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a uint64 bitfield for the filter argument in methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the code field in ::ErrorCode() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the exit field in ::Finished() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the group field in ::Details() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the info field in ::Package() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the media-code field in ::MediaChangeRequired() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the restart field in ::RequireRestart() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the restart field in ::UpdateDetail() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the role field in ::Transaction() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the sig_type argument in ::InstallSignature() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the state field in ::UpdateDetail() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the Transaction.Role property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the Transaction.Status property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the type argument in ::WhatProvides() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the type field in ::Message() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the type field in ::RepoSignatureRequired() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use enumerated values for the upgrade_kind argument in Transaction.UpgradeSystem() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add the pkg to the PkPackageSack hash when using pk_package_sack_add_package_by_id() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow using package-cache and cached list independently (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Always call the backend vfuncs that call into the daemon in the main thread (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cache-plugin: Add functionality of the update-package list plugin & remove it (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Change the role parameter of GetTimeSinceAction() to an enumerated value (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert the python spawned backend helper to PkTransactionFlags (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert various backend signals to vfunc (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Do not set the name and load the backend in two seporate steps (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Drop the unused polkit-backend-1 check from configure as it's gone upstream (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash where NetworkManager is restarted whilst packagekitd is running (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix undefined reference to 'g_bus_get_sync' adding GIO library to linker (Alejandro Leiva)
|
||
- Implement get_active_transactions to get all running transactions (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make PkBackend a non-singleton and load new instances when required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Pause the plymouth progress when applying offline updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- plugin-cache: Limit package cache to GUI packages only (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- plugin-cache: Only use on setting to enable/disable plugin (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Restore the backend signals to a known state in case a plugin misbehaves (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.7.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-04-24
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- packagekit-glib2: Add GType's for packagekit-glib2 enumerations (Stef Walter)
|
||
- packagekit-qt2: Add simulateRepairSystem and repairSystem(bool) to the Transaction API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- python: Speed up get_package_list (Tomáš Trnka)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: apt.cache.Cache() now reuses the dpkg of the chroot (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix modalias search on non-multi-arch systems (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Replace use of depracted python-apt 0.7.x API (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Add a new class to show cache opening progress (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add AptCacheFile to handle all pkg cache openings (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add SimulateRepairSystem and RepairSystem methods (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Avoid crashing when error messages containing invalid utf8 is sent (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Change the way we mark auto-installed packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Correctly emit if a repo is enabled (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Create a PkgList class to provide convience methods (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't emit error if repo is empty (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't emit untrusted packages when we are not simulating (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit newly-installed local package information (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit packages that are untrusted with the PK_INFO_ENUM_UNTRUSTED enum (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit UnfinishedTransaction when we were not able to fix the cache (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix a multiarch bug that failed to resolve packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash when a package for an invalid version (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix INSTALLED filter (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix resolving of gdebi packages when they have :arch field (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix SUPPORTED check and component-finding code (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Implement basic support for InstallFiles() (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Implement SUPPORTED support (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Improve classes readability, and fix a crash caused by an invalid package (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Improve the autoremove code (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure BuildPolicy is called when getting the dep cache (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure we discard errors when closing the cache (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Mark dependencies of a file-installation as automatic (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Move cache related functions to pkgCacheFile subclass (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Move ShowBroken to AptCacheFile, and added CheckDeps from apt-get (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Refactored to use AptCacheFile (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Reident the code and re-enforce KDElibs coding style (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Remove a code duplication and emit proper RestartRequired signal (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Reorganise parts of AptCC to make the code more readable (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Separate the try install/remove functions (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Simplify code for checking trusted packages (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Some more stuff required for installFiles() (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Update license headers & fix some more indentation and typos (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: use const_iterators to avoid mistakes (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use _exit() to quit the child process as synaptic does (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: We are not apt-get so remove "APT::Get::*" confs (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: When on multiarch some packages that should have the :arch appended to the installed list files (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: Add support to ConfigurationUpdates (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: Port code to new Layman API and fix usage with newer Portage API (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- yum: Always set GPG checking members if present (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- yum: Convert all instances of Message(untrusted-package) to Package(untrusted) (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not use Message(untrusted-package) (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix segfault of the daemon when a program does Resolve with no arguments (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Build pool before resolving (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- zypp: Do not set a PACKAGE_NOT_FOUND error when resolving packages (Vincent Untz)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Deprecate Message(untrusted-package) from the API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Install pk-task-sync.h as part of the public API (Stef Walter)
|
||
- Add full integration so that UI can know when to repair the system (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add some documentation about the auto-untrusted logic (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some documentation for the new RepairSystem transaction interaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not allow an empty resolve call to be passed down to the backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not include the website in the tarball (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Drop --print-reply from dbus-send command used on suspend/resume (Adam Williamson)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.7.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2012-03-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Lots of stability and crasher fixes which means updating to this
|
||
release is a really good idea if you're already got 0.7.x installed.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Don't segfault the client if there are no cached properties (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix a critical warning in gnome-settings-daemon when setting the proxy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix transfer annotation of pk_results_get_package_sack() (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- glib: Fix transfer annotations for GPtrArray returns (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- glib: Do not send progress updates for non-verb packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Add support for plugins, call them for what-provides (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Add test case for what-provides CODEC (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Add test cases for what-provides ANY and unsupported types (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Add test for what-provides MODALIAS (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Do not fail on missing /var/lib/PackageKit/mime-map.gdbm (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Fix error code for what-provides CODEC (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Implement support for what-provides ANY (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: Implement support for what-provides MODALIAS (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- apt: what_provides() search argument is a list, not a string (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- aptcc: Disable InstallFiles() again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Don't hang on long transactions (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash when simulating local package install (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- zif: Autoremove deps if 'autoremove' is set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not pretty-print a package when it's not found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Ensure the files are sorted by name before returning them to the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add LANGUAGE_SUPPORT what-provides type (Martin Pitt)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Document CODEC what-provides type (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- Don't crash when the system bus isn't available, just abort with an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a critical warning when starting gnome-settings-daemon (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Imply the install trusted polkit auth when we get the remove auth (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Imply the install trusted polkit auth when we get the untrusted auth (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Port the session example code to GDBus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- web: Add a note to the website about the session helper API (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- web: Rename KPackageKit to Apper (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.7.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-01-17
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Lots of new features, bugfixes and bugs, so please test this release
|
||
carefully if you're uploading into a stable distribution. If you want
|
||
stability, you're probably better off with a release from the
|
||
0.6.x series until all the new stuff has settled down.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Convert libpackagekit-glib2 from dbus-glib to GDBus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Skip empty catalog entries (Christian Persch)
|
||
- qt: automatically rebuild moc files with different moc version (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Adapt progress reporting to the latest PackageKit and python-apt API (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a test suite covering already most of the methods (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for piping the debconf communication to the client (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for repair-system and simulate-repair-system including correpsonding test cases (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add tests if security updates and backports are detected correctly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Disable apt-listbugs frontend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not try to install not available files (TODO.apt) (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't open the cache on backend initialization to speed up processing (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't use optparse to safe some startup time. Instead use a separate profiler script (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix a wrong str/unicode replacement by the Py3 preparation (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix filter tests since we have a new package in the test repo (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix media change failure and a test case (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix repo details signals (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Improve detection and killing of hanging maintainer scripts (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Improve forked child setup (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: improve progress range handling (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: More python3 related clean ups (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Port to latest PackageKit API (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Raise exceptions in the backend code instead of calling PackageKitBaseBackend.error directly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: remove encoding mangling - should be handled by packagekit.backend already (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: remove oboslete files (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Respect the ROOT environment variable (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Start with updating the backend on several places (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Too many API and style fixes to count (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the apt.progress.base.InstallProgress abilities to handle dpkg progress (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: use the dpkg bin and options from the apt configuration (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the ROOT env to set the backend to the chroot and the correct path to the test repo (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Add Multi-Arch support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Add native filter so we do not show i386 packages if we are on amd64 for example (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash on get-categories, backend does not support that (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: forgot to add DebFile class (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Initial commit to support InstallPackageFiles (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Only return GetDistroUpgrades and installFiles if the helpers are available (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Properly read GDebi install/remove line (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use gdebi to resolve local file installation, Fix conffile handlying by interpreting the exit status properly (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt(cc): Use gdbus in the post-update hook call to StateHasChanged (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: Add dummy RepairSystem methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Add enums for unimplemented features as commented out code (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Add support for provide type (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Do matching against fullname (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: First shot at what-provides (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix 'Using a hash as a reference is deprecated' warning (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement a 'Supported' filter (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement 'Cancel' feature (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement 'Free' filter (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement get_mime_types (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement get_roles (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Implement is_package_installed() which uses URPM:is_package_installed() (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: import urpm::msg for N() (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Make find_installed_version use EVRD (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Put 'supported' filter to use (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Traverse database by name rather than nvra (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Update to use find_installed_fullname (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- urpmi: Use urpm2deium from tools & check if undefined or not (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- yum: Use current API for installing untrusted packages (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- yum: Consistently use same logic to determine GPG checking (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- yum: Don't request authorization for trusted packages (#771746) (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- zif: Use the new transaction_reset hook to clear the backend state (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Retrieve url for packages instead of returning "TODO" (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new repair-system policy and use it by the corresponding RepairSystem method (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add a transaction_reset backend hook (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add new roles SimulateRepairSystem and RepairSystem (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add pk_*_enum_to_localised_text to pk-enum.h and export via GIR (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- Add possibility to connect/disconnect backend signals (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add PropertiesChanged signals to the main and transaction interfaces (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the Plasma version to be specified for PK_PROVIDES_ENUM_PLASMA_SERVICE (Kevin Kofler)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- browser-plugin: Make it compile with newest xulrunner (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix a critical warning in the client tools when a simulation is cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix builddir != srcdir issue (Ryan Lortie)
|
||
- Fix item-percentage call in the spawned backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- gtk-plugin: Fix name of GTK plugin schema file (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make PkProc part of the daemon again (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Remove deprecated g_thread_init() on GLib < 2.31 (Per Øyvind Karlsen)
|
||
- Set the frontend socket as environment variable in the spawned backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Update the website matrix to include the new (Simulate)RepairSystem roles (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.7.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-11-10
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- qt2: Remove old Find* macro (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- qt2: Really do not distribute moc files (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- qt: Drop packagekit-qt1 which is obsolete in favor of packagekit-qt2 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Don't wrap sys.stdout with codecs.getwriter(...) (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- dummy: Make sure we don't ask for eula or repo signatures while simulating (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: Add forward compatibility with upcoming API changes (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Drop PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS macro usage (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Update entropy library path (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: Drop PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS macro usage (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- ports: Remove the vfuncs table (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- python: Add initial Python3 compatibility (keeping Python2.7 support) (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- python: Implement and use utf8 stream writer for stdout, stderr (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- python: Require at least Python 2.7 (in configure.ac) (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- python: Update exception code syntax, make it work with both Python2 and Python3 (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- python: Use print() as function (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- slapt: Implement the simulate methods (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- slapt: Remove the vfuncs table (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Don't wrap sys.stdout with codecs.getwriter(...) (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- smart: Implement the simulate methods (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Make sure that data=installed is honored (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Remove the vfuncs table (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Add ourselves to YumBase.run_with_package_names (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- yum: Cope with missing YumBase.run_with_package_names (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- yum: Don't let yum.misc.setup_locale() override stdout codec (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- zif: Add an unhandled ZifStateAction mapping (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Add support for the latest status and transaction enum values (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Always show the update metadata if available by using the correct repo (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not always ask for untrusted authentication for trusted repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not report packages as installable if they are already installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Don't call zif_init() in newer versions of the library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Don't try to map error domains that are no longer exported (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Don't use zif_package_get_package_id() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Enable globbing for Resolve() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Ensure the downloading status is set correctly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix a critical warning when using WhatProvides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Include zif-private.h for very new versions of zif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Prefer native packages when resolving user input (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Refresh the cache rather than just cleaning it for RefreshCache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Save the effective user ID and command line (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use zif_store_array_resolve_full() when possible (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use zif_transaction_commit_full() to be able to install untrusted packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: When the transaction has no thing to do, use the correct PK error code enum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Dont call build pool inside the loop (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: Only load repositories once (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: Refactor the private static data into one structure (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add command line option to keep environment (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- Add Introspection support for PK-Plugins (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add possibility for backends/plugins to skip transactions (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add 'uid' and 'cmdline' properties to PkBackend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the new g_thread_new() for new versions of GLib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Check if a transaction should be skipped after it has started too (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Don't use the deprecated g_thread_supported() in the dameon code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Finalize PackageKitPlugin GIR file (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Find uninstalled PackageKitGlib-1.0.gir when building (Nils Philippsen)
|
||
- Fix the role of the EULA transaction (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Make PK compile on GNU Hurd (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Move the gtk-module extra files to the PK tarball (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Offset the cache age by 30 minutes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- plugin: Add a few GIR annotations (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Remove the implemented checks for the simulate methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require exactly 'y<enter>' or 'yes<enter>' before running a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the newest filter when resolving for new packages to install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- website: Fix broken link to gdb docs (Milan Bouchet-Valat)
|
||
- website: Improve links to bug trackers (Milan Bouchet-Valat)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.7.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-09-05
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is the first release of the unstable 0.7.x series.
|
||
- This code removes a lot of deprecated code and compatibility shims
|
||
compared to the previous branch.
|
||
- Highlights of this release is the new transaction plugin interface
|
||
that allows external projects to add modules for interfacing with
|
||
PackageKit. This allows projects such as Listaller to interface with
|
||
PackageKit to install self contained software blobs.
|
||
See http://listaller.tenstral.net/ for more information.
|
||
- The daemon code is now using GDBus rather than dbus-glib, but the
|
||
libpackagekit-glib library is still using the latter. It'll be
|
||
converted hopefully in time for 0.7.1.
|
||
- It's probably not a good idea to use releases from this branch for
|
||
stable distros or enterprise products!
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Free the PkProgress' package (Garrett Regier)
|
||
- glib: Remove the foo_from_text() compatibility defines (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- python: Remove the native python library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt2: Use cmake package config instead of Find* module (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- qt: Do not dist the moc files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash when long description blow char buffer (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix the size by emitting installed and download size (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Implement provides-library (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- apt: Remove the python apt backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Implement SimulateUpdatePackages and SimulateRemovePackages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: properly account package size when "extra" downloads are available (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- razor: Remove the razor backend, upstream razor is dead (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add a document detailing the yum API we're using (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit Package(Untrusted) for each package that is untrusted in the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ignore missing obsoleted updates rather than failing the update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Manually convert the results of GetDetails to unicode. Fixes rh#719916 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Parse the new style .discinfo files for F15 (Chris Lumens)
|
||
- zif: Emit Message(UntrustedPackage) to sometimes skip the trusted authentication (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Emit Package(Untrusted) for each package that is untrusted in the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix a fatal error when doing 'pkcon repo-list --filter=~devel' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use the shared version for newest filtering (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: do not install locked (taboo) patches (Ladislav Slezak)
|
||
- zypp: Do not rebuild the pool on every call causing slowness (bnc#679650) (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: Just use the iterator instead of so many temps (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add an 'auto' string for the --with-default-backend= configure option (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an example plugin that saves private state (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an example to contrib to show how to build an out-of-tree plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an ItemProgress signal designed to eventually replace SubPercentage (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an untrusted section header when using console applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a PK_PROVIDES_ENUM_LIBRARY entry (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add a "Python" type to PkProvidesEnum and document how the provided components should be named (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Add a transaction plugin infrastructure to packagekitd (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Port the browser-plugin from dbus-glib to GDBus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert the daemon to use GDBus rather than dbus-glib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not do the compatibility method fallbacks anymore (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't ship all the valid licences as enums anymore (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Install a pkgconfig file so external projects can build plugins (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the check for libraries in use for security updates functionality to a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the checking for running processes before update to a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the clearing firmware functionality into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the desktop database rescan functionality into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the pre-transaction.d and post-transaction.d functionality into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the update check for running processes into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the updating of the package list into a plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise the PolicyKit required version to 0.98 and drop the compat code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove PkFileMonitor, we can now use GFileMonitor (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the deprecated PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the GTK+2 pango module and only support GTK+3 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the HAL integration code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require a new version of automake, and make configure.in sane again (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use g_bus_watch_name() and remove the homegrown EggDbusMonitor (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Actually use the value from /etc/login.defs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the browser-plugin build with GTK+ < 2.24 (Frederic Crozat)
|
||
- Port the gstreamer-plugin from dbus-glib to GDBus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- gtk-module: Port from dbus-glib to GDBus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore local packages when calculating the simulate list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore untrusted packages when calculating the simulate list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make percentage, subpercentage and remaining proper GObject properties on the PkBackend object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the lsof plugin code support distros such as Fedora with /lib64 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pk-command-not-found: An ellipsis has three dots, not two (Adam Jackson)
|
||
- Make lsof use the '-n' option to avoid looking up hostnames (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove cppunit check as packagekit-qt2 does not use it (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Remove the duplicate 'The software is not from a trusted source' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use g_unix_signal_add_full() which has been renamed in GLib (Denis Washington)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.16
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-07-04
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Added element-type annotations for each function returning a GPtrArray (Alex Eftimie)
|
||
- glib: Ensure packages from the progress handler have the package_id assigned (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Better put last fix in pk_backend_initialize (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix bug that resolved packages were emited as installed when updates (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix getDetails to actually use the resolved version, deb#606135 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Initial support to conffile handling (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Set env var to disable apt-listbugs closes deb#628835 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- conary: Don't show redirected packages (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Simplify _resolve_list (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- yum: Emit RepoDetail when refreshing a repository (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix CVE-2011-2515 which only affects the YUM backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix a critical warning when getting details about a package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Implement UpdateSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Generate .tar.xz release tarballs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Support looking up Plasma services (Kevin Kofler)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not hardcode G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED as it breaks with GTK+-2 and GLib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not hardcode the UID_MIN as 500. Fixes rh#717110 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not try to parse any arguments in command-not-found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we save the updates cache for the pre-transaction checks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a build error in the browser plugin when using old versions of gdk (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update the PackageKit matrix webpage to reflect current backends (Robert Xu)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.15
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-06-07
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- gir: Annotations for file arrays (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- gir: Some more annotation updates (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- packagekit-qt2: Remove package caching as we use const Packages now (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fix package cache location (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Improve backend messages (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit repos while refreshing cache, and speed up searchDetails a bit (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix the way we emit repos, now it emits the string more human readable (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- yum: Allow the 'any' WhatProvides kind to match already formatted provide strings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix a failure to get updates caused by using the rename of pre_process (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Fix deletion of package locks (bnc#690038) (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: log to ZYpp's log the start of a PK backend function to ease debugging (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Added PK_INFO_ENUM_UNTRUSTED so we can tell which packages are trusted (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- When refreshing cache backends should emit RepoDetail as frontends will be able to present extra details (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not prevent updating when firefox is running, we don't have all the client UI ready yet (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only include glib-unix.h if the GLib version is >= 2.29.4 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.14
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-05-04
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Lots of nice bugfixes in this release, along with slight changes to
|
||
the SetProxy() and DownloadPackages() D-Bus API.
|
||
If you're using either packagekit-glib or packagekit-qt then there's
|
||
no change required as the libraries have symbol fallbacks.
|
||
- The packageKit-qt2 library has been committed by Daniel Nicoletti,
|
||
which is eventually aiming to replace packagekit-qt.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add GIR annotations to make PK GIR usable (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- glib: Add header name to GIR and set export package (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- qt2: A crash was apparently a caching error on apper build dir (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Add Eula class to avoid API breaks in case pk changes (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Add Signature header and install Daemon header (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Change the Transaction constructor to be more convinient (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Fix Package class to not delete d, which fixes crashes weirdly (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Include QSet in package.h so that Groups get defined (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt2: Updating enums and adding UpgradeSystem() method (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Add storeInCache parameter to downloadPackages to cover new API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Fix typo in SearchGroups (Dimitar Popov)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: download packages to the system cache if no directory is specified (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: Port features from the pacman backend (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- alpm: update for libalpm 6 (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix configure.ac to avoid pk-qt linking against apt-pkg (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- conary: add a method to reset callback (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: add exception handling around get_updateall_job (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: bring back exception handling around build_update_job (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: clear job cache at the right place (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: clear the job cache when updating through non-sysmodel pathway. (Og B. Maciel)
|
||
- conary: don't support UpdatePackages (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: fix call of deleted method in conaryCallback (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: fix exception processing of applyUpdateJob (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: fix generating XMLCache for custom labels (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: fix get-updates (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: handle stale jobs for updateall (Og B. Maciel)
|
||
- conary: implement get-updates for system model (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: implement install/remove for system model (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: make pylint happier (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: move build_update_job to where it belongs (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: move job caching methods to UpdateJobCache (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: move more code to conarypk (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: port away from PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: process packages update/erase in a single job (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: really implement simulate* and don't rely on conary --test (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: reduce code duplication between get_updates and update_system (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: remove abundant imports (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: remove broken GetDepends implementation (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: remove class scope variable (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: rename variables to better reflect the return type (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: show update jobs correctly (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- entropy: drop entropy.tools deprecated functions usage (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: make use of the new Entropy Web Services interfaces (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: restore compatibility with newer releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- poldek: port away from PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: fix DownloadPackages to save to the system cache if there is no directory passed to it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: implement _pkg_compare() and use get_package_list() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: check repo file before using it (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp:consider only_trusted option while installing packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp:fix memory leak in pk_backend_transaction_start (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Patch::Content is returned by value. Fixes crash on get-updates (bnc#685831) (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp:reload RpmDB before removing packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Report download speed (bnc#663069) (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: reset packages status in repo while removing packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp:Set locale info at the begin of transaction (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: support proxy_https,proxy_socks,no_proxy (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: use namespace once to remove the namespace noise. (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: Use output parameters (references) for containers (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a 'store_in_cache' attribute to the DownloadPackages method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Automatically cancel running background transactions if a foreground transaction is committed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Cancel any background transactions when we get SuggestDaemonQuit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Introduce other attributes in the SetProxy() method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- docs: Set zypp backend can downloadPackages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Remove deprecated symbols (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Fix precedence when assigning strings to a *GStrv (Jonny Lamb)
|
||
- Create transaction db properly if it's not exist (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- docs: Fix path of packagekitd (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- docs: Update Feature Matrix for conary (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- docs: Updating the kpackagekit info and adding myself to authors (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Do not abort in pk_catalog_init() if PackageKit is not available. Fixes rh#688280 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not allow backends to output duplicate older packages when searching with newest (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash where the error code was pointing to freed memory. Fixes rh#684464 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a typo in pk_transaction_db_get_proxy (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Get more proxy info after the new proxy parameters was introduced (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Honour ACLOCAL_FLAGS in Makefile.am. Fixes fd#35237 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkcon: add missing {} around if (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- pk-debuginfo-install: fix typo of using PK_FILTER (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Remove pacman backend (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- Use the new threadsafe signal handling support in GLib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.13
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-03-07
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- Allow pk_client_download_packages_async() to be called with no target directory (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Port away from PolkitBackendActionLookup to support new versions of PolicyKit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- conary: fix get-updates (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: make update-system faster (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: not need to call _get_package_update before _do_package_update (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- entropy: add forward compatibility with newer Entropy (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: do not switch UrlFetcher using a Client property (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: update handled mime types (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- slapt: update to glib2 types (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- slapt: update to new api (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- slapt: update to new slapt (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- slapt: use hash for catgroup (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Enable use of new callback mode on yum versions that support it (Panu Matilainen)
|
||
- zif: fix compile with libzif upstream in zif_store_remote_set_enabled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: remove check online in refresh cache (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: uses the standard system update algorithm from ZYpp. Fixes bnc#637764 (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add missing python(gio) requirement (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Check for polkit_authority_get_sync symbol (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Change the connman DBus name (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Update for NetworkManager 0.9 snapshots (Dan Williams)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.12
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2011-02-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- There is a new 'Speed' API addition optionally available for backends.
|
||
- Multiple 'default' backends can be specified to allow fallbacks.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Update Bulgarian translation (al_shopov)
|
||
- Update Czech translation (fri)
|
||
- Update Panjabi translation (aalam)
|
||
- Update Spanish translation (aloriel)
|
||
- Update Swedish translation (yeager)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Allow the service pack self tests to run by setting the temp directory (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Avoid spamming lots of low level debugging to .xsession-errors. Fixes rh#668303 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Check sscanf() returned the correct number of items before using the answer (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Do not return distro-specific id's whilst testing, to fix 'make check' on Debian (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Ensure we test for and always run the self-check-socket-program in 'make check' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Only use g_time_val_from_iso8601() when we have a valid ISO8601 value (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Do not cause a build error when building with -j4 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Fix compile with GLib 2.24 (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Sanitize file descriptor handling (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- aptcc: Use a pty rather than a pipe for writing to apt (Colin Watson)
|
||
- conary: Add get_roles so pkcon correctly reports all supported commands (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix get-details to really output the licenses (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix get-files (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix ~installed filter (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix installed filter (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix refresh-cache (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix resolve to not do repo_query if trove is found locally (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix resolve to show all versions of installed pkgs (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix search-details (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix search-group (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix search-name (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Fix search to show all versions of installed pkgs (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- conary: Space means AND for search-name and search-details (Jesse Zhang)
|
||
- entropy: Fix compatibility with newer Entropy releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: Fix crash in dependencies removal calculation releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- yum: Correct three syntax errors that could cause a backtrace (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not attempt to call yum.repos twice when using RHN (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not block the update list on infrastructure packages it breaks auto-updating (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure the category data is valid UTF8 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Update the cached comps group list when enabling of disabling a repo. Fixes rh#629049 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Do not crash when returning the package untrusted error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Ensure we set the correct key for the metadata_expire value (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Return the correct error when a transaction needs further authorisation (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Support the new speed property (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Consider autoremove in remove_packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Don't send package signal in DownloadProgressReportReceiver (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Erase system resolvables in zypp_build_pool (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Implement download packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Include system repo when install local rpm (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Refresh cache before searching (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Support download source RPM packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add speed python backend method (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Allow the user to specify a comma delimited list of default backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Provide a hook so spawned backends can report speed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Do not enable command not found debugging by default. Fixes rh#666254 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Explictly include GIO in LDADD to fix a compile error on Debian (Matthias Klumpp, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix calling pk_client_helper_start() with no environment set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix LP#591474 bug which caused a crash when the Section() of a package was NULL (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Only try to populate the command list in pkcon after the PkControl command has finished (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkcon: check PK error in pk_console_resolve_package (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Set client locale to LC_MESSAGES rather than LC_ALL (Colin Watson)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-12-13
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Additonal notes have been added to the DBus specification that allow
|
||
backends to send the origin of a installed package. This is optional.
|
||
- Additionally, more reccomendations have been made to allow searching
|
||
by repository. See the DBus specification for more details.
|
||
- An experimental Zif backend has been added. This should not be used
|
||
on production machines as it may crash and cause filesystem corruption.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Added Basque translation (assar)
|
||
- Updated Chinese (Taiwan) (zh_TW) translation (Cheng-Chia Tseng)
|
||
- Updated Czech (cs) translation (fri)
|
||
- Updated Polish (pl) translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Spanish (Castilian) (es) translation (Jorge González)
|
||
- Updated Ukrainian (uk) translation (Yuri Chornoivan)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add some C getters to PkDistroUpgrade (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Add searchGroups methods that can take a string so we can search on categories (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Emit transactionListChanged(empty) when daemon crashes (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fix order of initialization (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Updated enums and converted tabs to spaces (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Use QDBusServiceWatcher instead of watching for serviceOwnerChanged() (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Write the getCategories() code so we can use it (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- python: use SetHints now instead of SetLocale (Tim Waugh)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Added GStreamer search (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix crash due to NULL strings
|
||
- aptcc: Fix regex not to match "()(64bit)" as we don't support multiarch anyway (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Make sure the package is valid before some operations (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Port away from PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Set the env proxy vars so that Apt::Acquire is not overwritten, fixes LP: #633008 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Use the new PK_ERROR_ENUM_CANNOT_GET_LOCK (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Add a more realistic UpgradeSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Fix a potential NULL dereference spotted by clang (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pacman: Prevent recursive logging (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- smart: Add origin to installed, if available (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Allow a cache refresh when offline to deal with networkless setups (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not claim to implement the RepoSetData method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix compiling when not using Zif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Set the repository directory when doing a complete upgrade (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support repo:foo virtual categories and searching using SearchGroup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support the optional origin extension for installed packages by using the yumdb information (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Add a new backend, which uses Zif to interface with the rpmdb and the Fedora metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Add support for SearchGroup('repo:foo') (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Don't emit a ZifState warning if an update does not have update details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Fix changelog generation when there is no changeset version available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: For updates without updateinfo, do not put '<none>' in the translated display (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Get the update vendor string and send to the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: If we are running in background mode, depsolve the update lists (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Try to use PK_ERROR_ENUM_INTERNAL_ERROR less by using the correct PackageKit error code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zif: Use zif_package_get_printable() to get easier to understand error messages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Catch ZYppFactoryException in get_zypp (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Filter installed packages to update (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Fix a logic error in refresh cache (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Fix a typo in get_zypp (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Port from PK_BACKEND_OPTIONS function table (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: Support repo filter in geting repo list (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Transfer correct restart info while updating packages (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Use zypp::sat::SolvAttr::filelist in search file (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new backend role for updating the whole distro: UpgradeSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow backend to encode the package origin in the package-id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added PK_ERROR_ENUM_CANNOT_FETCH_SOURCES when refreshing cache fails (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add recommendation repo:foo' to be able to return all packages in a certain repository (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the spec to recommend 'category:web-development' rather than '@web-development' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Spawn KDE Debconf frontend if KDE is running (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Allow cancelling a transaction if it is not cancellable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Always show update a package even if already update (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- Correct the description of org.freedesktop.packagekit.upgrade-system (Sveinung Kvilhaugsvik)
|
||
- Do not disable background mode if we are marked as interactive, as the two are orthognal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we can send a cache-age of maxuint to fix command-not-found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we emit PK_STATUS_ENUM_WAIT when a transaction is in the 'ready' state (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore unknown entries in the pk_x_bitfield_from_string() to ensure forwards compatibility (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use G_LOG_DOMAIN in all the backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-11-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is the first release of PackageKit to support session
|
||
configuration helper support in the GLib and QT libraries.
|
||
- This allows debconf to work when using PackageKit on Debian.
|
||
- A formal transaction lifecyle is now in place, which allows future
|
||
extensions to hook into the transaction at certain points.
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add several more FSF free licenses (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Add some C getters and setters for PkClient and PkTask (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix up a lot of the gobject-introspection warnings (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fixed detection code (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- aptcc: Add a nicer string pointing to launchpad when the changelog is not available (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Feature: added a fetcher/parser for updates changelogs (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Add a self test which uses the frontend-socket hint, and plays ping-pong with the client (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- slapt: Updated backend for compatibility with slapt-get 0.10.2g (Jason Woodward)
|
||
- smart: dpkg requires a PATH variable, so set it (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Set PATH for FreeBSD and Linux (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- test: Add a pk_backend_get_description() vfunc to allow the backends to be loaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add some initial code to support SearchGroup(collections) when using the Zif backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix compile with libzif from git master (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Properly fix the Resolve(@category) search as pkcon needs this to work to be able to install and remove groups (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove selinux-policy from InfrastructurePackages, it's updated way too often (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support SearchGroup(newest) when using the Zif backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the cache-age if set by the frontend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the Zif 'action-changed' signal to emit StatusChanged events for the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When returning results from SearchGroup(collections) check if the groups are installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Call zypp_build_pool() when searching with what_provides (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new optional hint, 'cache-age' to allow the frontend to control the maximum age of the metadata (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add PkClientHelper, which allows a helper session program to be run for a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the concept of a transaction lifecycle (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Document the @category resolve special case in the specification as it's been used for at least a year now (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Document the @category search in the docs, as it's been used in a few backends for over two years... (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add a special case of a DBus unique name of :org.freedesktop.PackageKit which is used in the self check code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Always emit Message(BackendError) when there is a parsing error from a spawned process (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Always emit the locked and unlocked signals even if HAL is not available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Pass all arguments to comand-not-found so we open the newly installed tool with existing argv (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not strip the trailing plus when comparing licences, as GPL+ exists, but GPL does not (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we notice when a spawn command is invalid by printing it in red on the command line (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make PkLsof find lsof on Debian (Matthias Klumpp)
|
||
- Make the output of command-not-found match the bash builtin. Fixes rh#641311 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the managed bindings to a seporate repo as they are very out of date (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Prevent a segfault when estimating the time when the backend issues many ProgressChanged signals at one time. Fixes #30941 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise the default of StateChangedTimeoutPriority from 5 seconds to 30 seconds. Fixes rh#641691 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require GTK >= 2.91.0 for the GTK3 version of the PackageKit font install module (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Return with success if the database contained no proxy values for a transaction, as this could be correct (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Switch from EggDebug to the GLib debugging framework (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Switch the default to UseUpdateCache=false now we are using cache-age (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-10-04
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Check the GCancellable is not already cancelled at startup in PkClient and PkControl (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Do not crash the client if a catalog file has both file and package sections (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Do not return simulation failures as critical errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Only return packages for catalogs that are _not_ installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Use setHints() on new constructor (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Added Fonts group (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Updated calls not to use deprecated apt code (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Remove the table-of-vfuncs from the dummy backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- entropy: Add forward compatibility, use EntropyRepositoryBase.listPackageIdsInCategory() if available. (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: Add compatibility with latest Portage 2.2 rc snapshots (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- test: Remove the table-of-vfuncs from the test backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Allow SearchFiles and GetUpdateDetail to be processed using zif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Change the configuration value UseZif to a bitfield of roles (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't assume yb.pkgSack.searchNevra() only returns one result to fix service pack generation (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix the split media handling in PackageKit yum backend (Hedayat Vatankhah)
|
||
- yum: For some reason yum needs to download the packagelists at init, so mark the download as cancellable. Fixes fd#30276 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Get the changelog text using zif if it is available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only cancel the GCancellable if we are using ZIF (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove RepoSetData, it's a NOOP (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove the set-proxy from get_distro_upgrades(), it's already done in transaction_start() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove the table-of-vfuncs from the yum backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Select the repository with the higher priority when a package exists in serveral repositories (Hedayat Vatankhah)
|
||
- yum: Switch to using transaction_start() and transaction_stop() to reduce backend complexity (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use GetCategories also for using a zif GetGroups, as GetGroups does not have a role enum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When prompting for media, include the disc number (Hedayat Vatankhah)
|
||
- zypp: Add development package support to filtering (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Calculate sizes for patches correctly: bmo#2281, bnc#559802 (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Enable proxy for zypp backend (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Include patches in 'resolve' results. bmc#2059 (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Refresh cache and sat solv pool data if necessary (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Refresh cache before geting upgrade and installing (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Refresh system rpmdb while refresh cache (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
- zypp: Remove premature require_restart emission in update_packages_thread (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add transaction_start() and transaction_stop() vfuncs to make backends simpler (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a feature that allows external scripts to be run after certain transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow backends to omit the table-of-vfuncs and use GModule functionality to resolve backend functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add a nicer translated error when UpdatePackages has no packages to update. Fixes fd#30459 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Do not query PkDesktop by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Fix up 2 small memory leaks in error paths (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Add a proper error message when the transaction was cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't call back into the daemon (from the daemon) when checking service packs. Fixes rh#634628 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we set an error if the spawned backend gets cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix build with newer gobject-introspection (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Fix generating an updates service pack using pkgenpack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the correct network state for connman (Zhang Qiang)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-09-06
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Add Lithuanian translation (Žygimantas Beručka)
|
||
- Updates to Chinese (Taiwan) (zh_TW) translation (zerng07)
|
||
- Updates to Indonesian (id) translation (dapidc)
|
||
- Updates to Panjabi (Punjabi) (pa) translation (aalam)
|
||
- Updates to Swedish (sv) translation (yeager)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fix compilation
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fixed error on proxy creating, extended API (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Forgot to setHints()
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Improved user experience by setting subprogress on package installation/remove/update (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Disable auto remove by default (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix how downloads are emitted (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Forbid canceling while installing, the user might need to dpkg --configure -a on the cmd line (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Improved how packages are emited (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Improved logic for the updates category (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: make sure all downloaded packages emit FINISHED (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Show apt error message when we could not get the cache lock (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: encode input strings into UTF-8 before processing (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement what_provides feature for mimetypes (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- yum: Add selinux-policy to the list of infrastructure packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix update notices: not all yum repos are official fedora ones (Mark J Cox)
|
||
- yum: Redundant updated date gets displayed (Mark J Cox)
|
||
- zypp: Immediately abort transactions that set errors relating to signature interactions (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Remove a double pk_backend_finish path, and an incorrect update_packages callback (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add accessor to detect if an error is already set on a backend (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Ensure gobject-introspection is installed before running configure. Fixes #29861 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile with the latest PolicyKit release (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Increase timeout between an error message and assuming the thread is dead (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Set allow_cancel default in init to match that in pk_transaction_set_running ie. FALSE (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-08-04
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updates to Chinese translation (chenh)
|
||
- Updates to Dutch translation (warrink)
|
||
- Updates to Japanese translation (makoto)
|
||
- Updates to Polish translation (raven)
|
||
- Updates to Spanish translation (logan)
|
||
- Updates to Ukrainian translation (yurchor)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add an 'interactive' property to PkTask so that we can use it to do '-y' in pkcon properly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Do not fail on unrecognized config directives (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixed compilation with ALPM 5 (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Adapt latest Python backend API changes (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a hook script that pokes packagekitd when cmd line tools are used (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt: Added support for distro upgrades
|
||
- apt, aptcc: Fix apt errors when the the packagekit package is removed. (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt, aptcc: start packagekitd before asking it to emit cache-update (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: add forward compatibility with upcoming UrlFetcher changes (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: improve Entropy backward compatibility (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- opkg: fix status type in get_updates (Sebastian Krzyszkowiak)
|
||
- pacman: add support for versioned provides field (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pisi: Adapt backend for the recent API changes (Fatih Aşıcı)
|
||
- portage: port to new API, make backend working again (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- yum: add gnome-packagekit and kpackagekit to the list of infrastructure packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: do not issue RepoListChanged when we disable or enable the media repo automatically (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure we call _check_init when we do GetCategories (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure we disable the MediaRepo when the PackageKit backend has finished (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: wrap _getEVR in a try,catch block to deal with invalid version numbers. Fixes rh#612360 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a long document explaining the media-repo functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If either of ProxyHTTP are set in PackageKit.conf then ignore the user proxy setting. Fixes rh#604317 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add 0install to the user list (Carlo Marcelo Arenas Belon)
|
||
- cron: Do not exit with 1 if the cron script is disabled in the config (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- Don't ship README AUTHORS NEWS COPYING in all subpackages. Fixes rh#612332 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the PkBackend always start with the WAIT state, but do not proxy this onto the bus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Recognise bluetooth connections as mobile networks. Fixes rh#609827 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Unbreak CNF after the daemon moved to libexec. Fixes rh#613514 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-07-01
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updates to Chinese translation (chenh)
|
||
- Updates to Japanese translation (khasida)
|
||
- Updates to Chinese (Taiwan) translation (zerng07)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Explicitly mark the library as LGPLv2 by using the correct boilerplate code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Adapt to split arguments from the Python backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Adapt to an API change to allow OR searches (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix group searching (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Added distro upgrade support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: Implement forward compatibility support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- pacman: Update for pacman-glib 3.4.0 (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- ports: Use distfiles size, for uninstalled packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix update-system command and only_trusted parameter (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Don't crash with an internal error if the .discinfo is malformed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Disable get_zypp in intialize (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Fix FPE when there are no repos (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Don't crash checking status of non-patches (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a MaxSearchTime entry in CommandNotFound.conf and default to 2000ms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Assign names to our idle sources when using new versions of glib2 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Build the gtk-module for gtk-3.0 as well as gtk-2.0 if available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Port 'make check' to GTest rather than using our homegrown EggTest functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Get the control properties async when the user starts the pkmon tool (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Only set a cancelled error after we've given the backend a fighting chance to process the request (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the packagekitd binary to libexec (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we clear the cancel timer when we finish a PkBackend transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure filters are properly split for spawned backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-06-02
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Added pacman-glib backend (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updates to Chinese (Taiwan) (zh_TW) translation (zerng07)
|
||
- Updates to Danish (da) translation (kristho)
|
||
- Updates to Finnish (fi) translation (vpv)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add some new PkTask methods that handle the Media and Eula callbacks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Add Q_ENUMS to DaemonError (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- python: Fix a typo in format_string (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- APT: Adapt patch for name searching to the 0.6 API (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- APT: Allow to do an AND search for multiple package names (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- APT: Make sure to use format_string consequently on every output (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- APT: Show a sub progress for package downloads (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- APT: Use UTF-8 as default encoding and allow to write unicode to stdout (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- entropy: Make backend working with latest Entropy releases (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- pacman: Add basic transaction infrastructure (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add cancellation infrastructure (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add dependency lookup (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add error reporting infrastructure (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add package-related methods and helpers (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add searching support (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add support for installing packages (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add support for managing repos (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add support for package groups (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add support for removing packages (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- pacman: Add support for updating packages (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- yum: Attempt to use removable disk repos if they exist at backend startup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch and ignore the socket exception on oddball systems. Fixes rh#596779
|
||
- yum: Do not abort init when Yum.conf does not contain some required keys (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up the filter check when doing GetRepoList(). Fixes rh#598697
|
||
- yum: Remove all the MediaManager implementations and write a small GIO based callback (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: The transaction root is not set at _init(), so we have to re-query the root when we start each action (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the system installed version of the zif accelerator (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Detect and advertise from /etc/meego-release (Peter J Zhu)
|
||
- zypp: Re-factor to pass PkBackend around (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Re-work install_packages_thread (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Unify code used to generate the list of updates (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add --force argument to pkcon refresh (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Show the MediaChangeRequired signals in pkmon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the new PkTask API in pkcon so we can deal with Media and Eula queries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Build conditional BUILD_ZIF needs to be at the top level (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Fix problem whereby the terminal wouldn't return data to scanf from a read (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Fix up several daemon thinkos when a client tries to set a root other than '/' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-05-06
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release is the first to support a relocatable root, which may be useful
|
||
to LTSP and some virtualised environments. It's not yet well tested, and
|
||
early adopters are encouraged to joint the mailing list.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updates to Danish (da) translation (kristho)
|
||
- Updates to Dutch (Flemish) (nl) translation (warrink)
|
||
- Updates to Indonesian (id) translation (dichi)
|
||
- Updates to Panjabi (Punjabi) (pa) translation (aalam)
|
||
- Updates to Polish (pl) translation (raven)
|
||
- Updates to Portuguese (pt) translation (ruigo)
|
||
- Updates to Serbian (Latin) (sr@latin) translation (kmilos)
|
||
- Updates to Serbian (sr) translation (kmilos)
|
||
- Updates to Spanish (Castilian) (es) translation (logan)
|
||
- Updates to Ukrainian (uk) translation (yurchor)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add C accessors for PkMessage (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Add some more C accessors for PkPackage (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Fix a spelling error in the config file prompt message (Warren Turkal)
|
||
- entropy: Catch DependenciesNotRemovable exception during reverse dependencies calculation (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- opkg: Include stdio.h before opkg.h to make newer gcc happy (Koen Kooi)
|
||
- box: Updated backend to fix compile (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- yum: Catch exceptions.IOError whenever we do a low-level yum call. Fixes rh#577549 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do not abort if the package-id is not unique in the reposet (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure the lock failure message is proper unicode. Fixes rh#585620 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure we catch the exception if there are no groups. Fixes rh#587196 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure we create /var/cache/PackageKit if the user nukes it and then tries to re-create the comps cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure we force a cache update if the comps groups cannot be loaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Get the correct state for each update. Fixes rh#574658 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Move the list of infrastructure packages that are updated first to the config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Move the list of system packages that cannot be removed to the config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ship a standalone version of licenses.txt for future code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Sync with libzif upstream which offers a pretty stellar performance increase (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use zif to get the update lists if UseZif is enabled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Attempt to improve backend_find_packages (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Cleanup a certain amount of superstitious coding (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: cleanup 'resolve' filtering code (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Factor pool item change notification out into zypp_backend_pool_item_notify (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Fix leaks in GetRequires, resolve and what_provides (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Fix memory leaks (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Fix multiple bugs in Resolve() (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Get the final 'finished' signal right on remove (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Implement simulated package removal (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Improve exception handling (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Introduce a pseudo-architecture "source" to distinguish source packages from binary ones (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Let libzypp determine whether a patch is needed (Michael Andres)
|
||
- zypp: Share the version / architecture comparison code into zypp_ver_and_arch_equal (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- zypp: Tweak filtering to ensure that we never emit both states even if a package is also re-installable (Michael Meeks)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Allow clients to request a relocatable root, but only with admin authority (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add hint:simulate boolean on the backend, set for all simulation methods, to increase code re-use (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Add maximum wait time limit to cron checks (Marko Myllynen)
|
||
- Add support for the 'frontend-socket' hint and pass it to backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ported PackageKit to Haiku (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- Send a message when other updates are held back so we can add a note to the GUI tool (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Correctly fallback by checking the transaction role, not the backend role. Fixes fd#27527 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't return from SetProxy() before we've got the authentication result (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Downgrade required autoconf version (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Ensure the daemon emits Message() signals when replaying the cached GetUpdates data (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix parallel-build snafu wrt. MOC generated files (Michael Meeks)
|
||
- Fix system name variable name inconsistency in the cron script (Marko Myllynen)
|
||
- Fix the permission of /etc/sysconfig/packagekit-background to be non-executable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up three typos in translated strings (Yuri Chornoivan)
|
||
- If http_proxy or ftp_proxy are set in the environment, use them in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the ruck client, it's been broken for the last few releases (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-03-29
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Two important bugfixes, one that causes high CPU load in client programs, and
|
||
one that fixes an odd crash in the libnm-glib threading code.
|
||
- Lots of yum backend improvements, using libzif for performance speedups if
|
||
it is enabled.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (vpv)
|
||
- Updated Portuguese translation (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated Serbian translation (sr@latin) translation (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated Serbian translation (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated Chinese translation (Traditional) (zerng07)
|
||
- Updated Danish translation (kristho)
|
||
- Updated Dutch translation (warrink)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (raven)
|
||
- Updated Russian translation (shnurapet)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (logan)
|
||
- Updated Swedish translation (yeager)
|
||
- Updated Ukrainian translation (yurchor)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- glib: Add pk_package_sack_filter() and pk_package_sack_remove_by_filter() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Do not generate a PkPackageSack from the package array, instead add packages as they appear (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Ensure we remove CLEANUP and FINISHED from the package sack before we run the simulate callback (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix up a critical warning when installing a file, not a package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Fixed UpdateState enum (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- python: Fixed packagekit.client.search_file() (Tim Waugh)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- aptcc: Don't allow essential packages to be removed (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix a small mem leak (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix show broken packages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- apt: Convert search-files to latest Python backend API changes. Perform an AND instead an OR search (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- conary: Get conary backend to listen to simulate_* (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Fix details views, more or less (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Improvements to XMLCache and generateXML (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Instantiate XMLCache only once, avoiding massive memory usage (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Make _get_update a bit less spaghetti-ish (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Refrain from using threaded mode (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Refuse to explode on a warning callback (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- conary: Tidy things up a bit in conaryCallback (Scott Parkerson)
|
||
- entropy: Fix up the backend as the filters string is now a list, not a delimited string (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- smart: Convert filters string to array (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Add an entry UseZif into Yum.conf so admins can change the default setting (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add a Yum.conf configuration file and add the DisabledPlugin key there (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add the 'Zif' accelerator so we don't have to use yum for small local queries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: enable the libzif code for downloading packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure to catch exceptions when we fail to initialize for GetRepoList (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure we actually do self._check_init() for RefreshCache so non-contactable repos get disabled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure we inform Zif of the network state so it can download repodata if required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure we send out the UntrustedPackage message when we simulate installing a file, so ensure we don't prompt the user twice (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ensure we trigger the GCancellable when we're doing a transaction cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix up API usage of get_applicable_notices to prevent an internal error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix up the backend as the filters string is now a list, not a delimited string (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up the LXDE and Moblin groups. Fixes rh#571775 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: for installed files, use Zif to get the file list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: for installed packages, use Zif to get the package details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: get the group list from Zif rather than hardcoding a fixed list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: if we failed to resolve deps in a simulate pass, then don't just return empty package list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: if yum, rpm or PackageKit are available as updates, then update these packages first and surpress any other updates until the next check (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: ignore repos that are not contactable when using libzif (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: use libzif to refresh the repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: use libzif when doing WhatProvides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: use more Zif functionality when searching for packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use Zif for enabling and disabling repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use Zif for getting the category lists (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use Zif for getting the repo list (2x speedup) (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use Zif to get the list of distro-upgrades (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: when using libzif, quit the spawned backend rather than waiting for it to time out (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a configure option UseThreadsInBackend so we can more easily debug packagekitd (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Break internal python API by supplying a list of filters to the backend, not a delimited list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a boolean configure variable 'SimilarNameSearch' to allow skipping swizzle testing. Fixes #27246 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Show PkPackage changes in pkmon for easier debugging (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add some missing G_BEGIN_DECLS and G_END_DECLS to fix including from C++ (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Be more careful when testing the value of waitpid() to try to debug a problem where the backend appears to exit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not crash libdbus when libnm-glib uses it's own context (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not finish the transaction with success when the spawned backend does a non-finished exit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not show installed packages when we choose packages to download (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure the Package(finished) signal is always sent during the transaction. Fixes rh#522628 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a nasty segfault if the library check-restart code tries to emit a restart-required (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix Kubuntu support for upgrade (Jonathan Riddell)
|
||
- Fix reporting distribution upgrades by setting the correct property in two places (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Never exit the daemon, even when we hit a race in PkSpawn - just cleanup, warn, and continue (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not call finished before exiting the script due to an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When realpath fails, do not silently fail but return with an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-03-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- We broke PackageKit-Qt API in a big way this release. You'll need a new KPackageKit if you're using KDE.
|
||
- There is a _tiny_ API break in PackageKit-glib2 which means most apps just need a recompile.
|
||
- A new backend called entropy has been merged by Fabio Erculiani.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Bulgarian
|
||
- Updated translation for Indonesian (dichi)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for German (kenda)
|
||
- Updated translation for Danish (kristho)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hungarian (snicore)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- PackageKit-glib2: Add pk_control_suggest_daemon_quit() (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add a Last[enum-type] entry to each type (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Added more constness to the lib (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Drop QObject for Package (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Fix filtersToString and make enumToString more robust (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Fix up a typo that prevents compiling programs that use -pedantic-errors (Slawomir Czarko)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Fully automatize the proxy generation (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Moved the package enums to Enum class (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Port tests to current API (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Port the tests to the new Enum class (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Switch from QDbusReply to QDBusPendingReply (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new library function: pk_package_sack_filter_by_info() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a pk_backend_set_speed() helper function (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added autoremove to simulateRemovePackage (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add the eula-required python method helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the python helpers to get sent an array of values, not a delimited string (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Define a new error code for when the user declines the simulation (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Removed deprecated SetLocale (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Show messages in the pkmon output when the task has completed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add the environment variable accecpted_eulas to the spawned processes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the polkit backend library in LIBADD, not LDFLAGS. Fixes fd#26373 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not run the transaction with only_trusted if the simulation inferred that any packages were unsigned (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure that a malicious user can't make the backend exit by injecting a bogus EULA call into the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a logic problem where the PkSpawn and PkBackend instances would race and sometimes issue a pk_backend_finished() when the dispatcher instance was being changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Initialize relevant GError's in the daemon to NULL (Jonathan Conder)
|
||
- Install the introspection data to the correct location (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update the list of free licences from the Fedora wiki (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: call the correct command for simualte-install-files (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: fix once package descriptions FDO bug #26357 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: fix unknown progress when download takes too much time to go to 1% (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: improved kind of updates detection (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- entropy: add eula-required signal emission (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: add get_mime_types support in backend (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: add simulate_* support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: basic functionality of PackageKitEntropyBackend.refresh_cache() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: complete PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_updates() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: complete PackageKitEntropyBackend.search_file() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: complete PackageKitEntropyBackend.search_group() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: complete PackageKitEntropyBackend.search_name() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: complete PackageKitEntropyBackend.search_details() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: disable EntropyPackageKitBackend.get_distro_upgrades for now (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.download_packages() support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.get_categories() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.get_requires() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.install_packages() and update_packages() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.remove_packages() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EntropyPackageKitBackend.update_system() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement EULA handling on pkgs install (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_depends() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_details() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_files() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_packages() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_repo_list() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.get_update_detail() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.install_files() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.repo_enable() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: implement PackageKitEntropyBackend.resolve() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: initial commit, add build system support and basic (non-working) backend (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: spawn error on missing accepted EULAs (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: subclass entropy.client.interfaces.Client, get transparent progress update support (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- entropy: subclass UrlFetcher to redirect output to PK, make possible to cancel pkg install/removal (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: factor out portage code from PackageKit overridden methods, several bug fixes (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: implement PackageKitPortageBackend.get_categories() (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- portage: port portage backend to PackageKit HEAD (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- smart: change encoding to preferred, replace errors on stdout (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: convert search term string to array (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: make repo-list work with channelsync too (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: add simulate-install-packages, simulate-update-packages and simulate-remove-packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: add simulate-install-packages, simulate-update-packages and simulate-remove-packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: blacklist auto-update-debuginfo when using PK tools to prevent madness. Fixes rh#566578 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: don't show an internal error if the database was changed by rpm when we are building a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: remove the '&' multiple parameter hacks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: add more features to repo_set_data (Ladislav Slezak)
|
||
- zypp: change policy to download first (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-02-01
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Chinese (Simplified) (gml520)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (warrink)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (elsupergomez)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Added autoremove and HoldPkg functionality (PirateJonno)
|
||
- alpm: Changed search functions to allow multiple search values (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Handle ILoveCandy config option (PirateJonno)
|
||
- alpm: More formatting (PirateJonno)
|
||
- alpm: Understand more config options (PirateJonno)
|
||
- aptcc: Impoved search file (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- portage: Fix compilation and port code to new API (Fabio Erculiani)
|
||
- ports: Convert search params to array values (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix backend api (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Emit a warning when a developer tries to use autoremove (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure we look in all update notices for a security update. Fixes rh#526279 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Include PackageKit in the list of essential packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Show a message to the user if the repo could not be reached. Fixes rh#531838 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use repo-for-developers-only when enabling rawhide (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Add more features to repo_set_data (Ladislav Slezak)
|
||
- zypp: Partial support of multiple values for search params (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Work with packagekit-glib2 (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add Kubuntu support for upgrade (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add support for the 'interactive' hint in the daemon, and also sent it to the backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new message enum 'repo-for-developers-only' for repos that should not be used by users (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add sync versions of the PkPackageSack functions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enable initial introspection support in PackageKit-glib2 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Sort the packages by name in all pkcon results (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Ensure we enter SETUP before we run the pre-transaction checks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a parent object to all the source objects to track the source role and transacton id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we set an error when the transaction is cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure PkProgress sends ::notify signals when properties change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When adopting a transaction ensure we set the role on the PkResults object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Show the translated role and status when using pkgenpack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure that pkgenpack generates filenames without ';' embedded in them (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If the user uses 'pkcon install dave.rpm' then give a useful error message (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fixed packagekit.client.install_packages() in Python bindings (Tim Waugh)
|
||
- Cache autoremove too in transaction_remove_packages (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.6.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2010-01-2010
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Assamese (amitakhya)
|
||
- Updated translation for Malayalam (anipeter)
|
||
- Updated translation for German (hedda)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (jassy)
|
||
- Updated translation for Japanese (khasida)
|
||
- Updated translation for Telugu (kkrothap)
|
||
- Updated translation for Chinese (Simplified) (leahliu)
|
||
- Updated translation for Italian (perplex)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hindi (rajesh)
|
||
- Updated translation for Bengali (India) (runab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Kannada (shanky)
|
||
- Updated translation for Chinese (Traditional) (snowlet)
|
||
- Updated translation for French (troubi51)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (warrink)
|
||
- Updated translation for Russian (ypoyarko)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- smart: Convert search params to array values (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- aptcc: Updated searchNames, files and groups. (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Remove the deprecated DBus methods from the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Break internal and external API to support OR queries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new error enum 'failed-due-to-running-process' for future code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new config file entry, NoUpdateProcessList that specifies processes that should not be updated when running (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Remove the deprecated glib library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Removed deprecated methods (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Added searchNames, searchFiles and searchGroups (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- cnf: Ensure we send error messages to stderr, not stdout. Fxes rh#545220 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a crash where the extra library check file callbacks had the wrong signature (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the inhibit call to go through even if cancel is not implemented (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Improved and fixed transaction handling so does not crash kded module anymore (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fixed the naming of the conviniece functions to match the same function (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-12-07
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (aalam)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (beckerde)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hebrew (elad)
|
||
- Updated translation for Telugu (kkrothap)
|
||
- Updated translation for Serbian (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (logan)
|
||
- Updated translation for Oriya (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (nippur)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Gujarati (swkothar)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Add function in Package class to get icon path (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fix behavior on failed desktop database open (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Refuse to run tests if backend != dummy (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fix signal signature in Transaction test (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Make error message more informative (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Watch DBus signal NameOwnerChanged to detect in flight PK crashes (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Make running transactions emit error on daemon crash (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Properly delete transactions on daemon crash (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Added multiple files support to searchFile (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Added setHints(QString) convenience function (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fix compilation path of desktop.db (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fix the open desktopdb path (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: A few improvements to getIcon() (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fix icon loading (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Added support to what provides with a QStringList (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-qt: Fixed emission of updatesChanged(), and added DEPRECATED macro (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- python: Fixed packagekit.client.what_provides() in Python bindings (Tim Waugh)
|
||
- glib2: Never try to disconnect DBus signals if they were never connected (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Switch to a 100% GObject design, and get rid of the typedef'd PkItemX structures (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Drop the 'Code' from PkError as it's a redundant suffix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Allow emitting apt.package.Version. Use when emitting Package signals (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a helper method which allows to emit all visible versions of package (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix emitting the correct installed/available status for packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Show a better error report for broken packages in get_depends (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not fail if we cannot unset the locale correctly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix installing package files from a not ASCII path (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a helper to get the apt.package.Version instance corresponding to a package id (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: If a dependency cannot be installed emit a blocked package (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Rewrite get_requires to actually parse the dependency information (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Replace the _find_package_by_id helper by _get_package_by_id (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Remove obsolete return statements after PackageKitBackend.error call (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix small typo in method call of simulate_update (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Only emit additional changes in Simulate* (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Catch an internal python-apt changelog download failed error message (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Show some progress for processing downloads of changelogs (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Take the version of package into account when removing, installing and updating (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't use internal attributes of python-apt as far as possible (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix update version sanity check and add the package name to the error message (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use markdown for the changelog and update_text of UpdateDetail (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Allow to set the status of the PackgeKitFetchProgress (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Separate the apt.package.Version/package id converter into its own method (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Refractor download_packages and emit the files signal for downloaded packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Send the currently downloaded package in the download_package method (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Send the INFO_FINISHED status for downloaded packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Emit the INFO_DOWNGRADING for currently downgrading packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add missing datetime import (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for removing obsoleted dependencies in RemovePackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix a typo which broke RemovePackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make use of the package metadata to search for provided gstreamer plugins (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Share the pinning file with Synaptic which allows to block updates in Synaptic (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use a more readable markdown raw syntax (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Minor cleanups to the markdown creator (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Parse for closed Launchpad bugs in the Ubuntu changelogs (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Better error handling in instalation (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added what provides mime type support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added gstreamer codec search (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: ensure we send valid ISO8601 dates to the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: fix syntax error typo with only_trusted (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: only advertise GetDistroUpgrades if the preupgrade binary is present (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: add a few more entries in the yum-comps mapping (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: disable repos that are not contactable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: format the package_id for printing when we print an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix the broken metadata ISO8601 encoded update detail values (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: check the filename is valid before exploding when yum fails on us. Fixes rh#537381 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: don't fail with a crypic message if a package is being searched for is in a repo no longer available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: throw errors from _findPackage which mackes it much easier to report different types of errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Protect more against repos that get disabled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: put a file monitor on /etc/yum.repos.d and signal RepoListChanged when it is manually changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: protect against yum, rpm and glibc from being removd manually or as deps in RemovePackages() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only check certain transaction elements, not all of them. Fixes rh#541645 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a --plain option to pkcon to better support not-running with a console (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Moved get_distro id to a daemon property (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Fixed one old call to get_distro_id and changed all identifiers to distro;version;arch (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Make the scan for desktop files be recursive (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Reverse version order for unstable versions to match (Carlo Marcelo Arenas Belon)
|
||
- Refactor download instructions for precompiled packages (Carlo Marcelo Arenas Belon)
|
||
- Fixed python session example (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Updated the Faq and example.catalog to match the new distro id (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- pkcon: search provides for ANY instead of CODEC (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- cnf: don't exit before we try to search if no alternatives were found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: handle the error condition where the package name would be invalid. Fixes rh#533014 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: after a successful installation, re-exec new binary not command-not-found. Fixes rh#533554 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we use the unique package id for the de-duplication filter dictionary. Fixes gnome#601246 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: handle the error condition where the package name would be invalid. Fixes rh#533014 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: after a successful installation, re-exec new binary not command-not-found. Fixes rh#533554 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: when we search for available files, use our preferred arch. Fixes rh#534169 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure the update detail ISO8601 dates are formatted correctly before they are sent to the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Switch the signed install permission to require the root password (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename three methods in the unstable glib2 library so we are ready for 0.6.x in December (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update to a better version of the egg-debug code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Run the newly installed file sync so we can return a proper exit code. Fixes rh#540482 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a potential crash when pkcon gets a restart-required signal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkcon: Add a message when there are no updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkcon: Add a return code for pkcon of 5 for 'nothing useful was done' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cron: Only email when a useful action was done. Fixes rh#540949 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up the free license checker to include the free font licenses too (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the license generator to update the list of free licenses to include font licences. Fixes rh#519394 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we return a very big number if we ask for the time since a role completed, and the role has never completed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not split more than one locale hint to fix setting LC_ variables. Fixes rh#543716 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do not abort the daemon if the desktop database is invalid or corrupt (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the two-line title in the custom PolicyKit dialog for install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-11-02
|
||
|
||
Translations
|
||
- Updated translation for Japanese (hyuuga)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for Serbian (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated translation for Ukrainian (mvdz)
|
||
- Updated translation for Italian (perplex)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Greek (thalia)
|
||
|
||
Backends
|
||
- apt: Add support for allow_deps of RemovePackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for only_trusted (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for SimulateInstallFiles (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for Simulate(Install|Remove|Update) (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Allow file name alternation in SearchFile (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't fail if the syslog daemon is not available (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: wait until the lock is freed again rather than failing straight away (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make the InstallProgress more safe to not fail dpkg triggers messages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Only use apt-file when not searching exclusively for installed packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Optionally make use of apt-file to search for files in not installed packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Respect the SearchFile value specification (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Added install/remove/update support in non-interactive mode (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: cleaned lots of unused code, merged the dist-upgrade code (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Emit a useful message while conffiles are not well handled (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- poldek: Implemented SimulateInstallPackages, SimulateRemovePackages and SimulateUpdatePackages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get_repo_list method implementation (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added repo_enable method implementation (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Add a few more entries in the yum-comps mapping (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Disable repos that are not contactable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only advertise GetDistroUpgrades if the preupgrade binary is present (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Copy the check for .src.rpm packages to the simulate phase to fix rh#530264 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Add support for get_mime_types (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
New Features
|
||
- Add a vtable entry get_roles() to allow the backend to override what is advertised by the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add an 'idle' parameter to PkClient to show when all pending transactions have finished (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add a package property to PkProgress so we can track the complete package object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Updated the API to have all the new enums and use the properties (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add the missing InstallSignature role from the backend auto-detection. Fixes rh#530945 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we emulate FINISHED correctly for non-simultaneous backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise some of the DoS limits in the config file as it causes gnome-shell not to install properly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: don't exit before we try to search if no alternatives were found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up some html problems (Carlo Marcelo Arenas Belon)
|
||
- Don't prompt for the authentication dialog when we set the proxy to the same as it was before (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we print a newline if command-not-found finds exactly 0 possible results (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we save the proxy to the database even without PolicyKit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: ensure we send PK_STATUS_ENUM_FINISHED even if the transaction has failed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Fix a TODO where we would show the original package on the simulate screen of glib2 applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Only set the package-id in PkProgress if LastPackage has been ever set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Remove all the finished packages before we pass the result to a simulate handler (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Rename the 'id' parameter 'package-id' so it matches the other objects (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- gtk-module: Check the language code exists before we search for it. Fixes half of rh#531105 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fixed filters bug (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- When cancelling, don't check the UID if the sender matches (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-10-05
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Quite a few method and property additions and clarifications to the spec,
|
||
with 7 methods now deprecated. We'll be supporting the deprecated methods all
|
||
through 0.5.x so client code does not have to worry until 0.6.x.
|
||
- Support for using idle bandwidth, disk and CPU in some circumstances.
|
||
- A new 'slapt' backend for slackware packages as a preview release.
|
||
- This is the first release to use the glib2 library internally. This makes the
|
||
client tools faster, more stable and more supportable. The headers are also
|
||
now used in the daemon and many of the synchronous methods are now async.
|
||
It is not yet recommended for external client programs use packagekit-glib2
|
||
as the API is not yet set in stone and may change. This is expected in 0.6.x.
|
||
|
||
Specification
|
||
- Add a Speed property to the interface as some users require the download speed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a per-Transaction ::Changed() signal and deprecate the other FooChanged() signals (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add OR delimiters to SearchName, SearchDetails, SearchGroup, SearchFile and WhatProvides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add ElapsedTime and RemainingTime as properties on the Transaction interface (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Mandate that ::Files() from DownloadPackages must be one per package, with the package_id set correctly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Deprecate SetLocale() and add another method to replace it, SetHints() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Deprecate ::Locked() and ::NetworkStateChanged() and add properties and a ::Changed() signal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Translations
|
||
- Updated translation for Assamese (amitakhya)
|
||
- Updated translation for Bengali (runab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for Catalan (xconde)
|
||
- Updated translation for Chinese Simplified (cyrushmh)
|
||
- Updated translation for Czech (hunter688)
|
||
- Updated translation for Danish (kristho)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (warrink)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
- Updated translation for Gujarati (swkothar)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hindi (rajesh)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hungarian (kelemeng)
|
||
- Updated translation for Italian (perplex)
|
||
- Updated translation for Japanese (hyuuga)
|
||
- Updated translation for Kannada (shanky)
|
||
- Updated translation for Malayalam (anipeter)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Oriya (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (aalam)
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (jassy)
|
||
- Updated translation for Russian (sergeyr)
|
||
- Updated translation for Serbian (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (beckerde)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (fgonz)
|
||
- Updated translation for Swedish (yeager)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Telugu (kkrothap)
|
||
- Updated translation for Ukrainian (mvdz)
|
||
|
||
Backends
|
||
- alpm: migrated to new packagekit-glib2 library (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixed download_files to comply with new spec (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix aptcc to work with glib2 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Do the resolve in an idle loop, not just sync (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Match the new spec for DownloadPackages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Require opkg in version greater or equal than 0.1.5, not just equal 0.1.5 (Sebastian Krzyszkowiak)
|
||
- poldek: Make it compile with pk-glib2 (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- slapt: Add new backend for Slackware packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Fix get_mime_types for slack (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Use noninteractive debconf (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Add moblin-desktop to desktop-other metagroup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Be more agressive about not downloading all metadata before we do anything (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch RepoError in one more place if the yum sqlite is malformed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Disable MediaGrabber until we have a backend we can use by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't explicitly download the file lists as we're not globbing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix yum-comps-groups.conf to bring back the Xfce packages (Christoph Wickert)
|
||
- yum: Match the new spec for DownloadPackages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support the OR delimitors for the search methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support using idle bandwidth in special circumstances (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
New Features
|
||
- cnf: Print more status values now they are translated for us (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- daemon: Add a check to ensure that ::Files() are sent for DownloadPackages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- daemon: Add a PkTransaction warning if a backend does not download files to the specified directory (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- debuginfo-install: Add a --noninteractive command line option to suppress the simulate (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a --enable-glib configure entry, but default this to TRUE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a compile time agreement of API unstableness in any external tools using the glib2 library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a developer tool to download the Fedora licensing page and parse it for free licenses (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an initial version of the glib1->glib2 migration document (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an option to use idle bandwidth when we are getting the update lists (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add two new new package status 'Decompressing' and 'Preparing' (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add --noninteractive and --idle command line switches to pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some more translations to make the output of pkcon better in non-English locales (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow multiple search terms in packagekit-glib2, and add support in the client programs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert all the daemon to use the new glib2 headers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Schedule non-idle tasks before idle tasks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Monitor network-status in pkmon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Store the is-idle information in the backend and use it as a policy choice (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Switch the doc-generation to glib2 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use different values of BackendSpawnNiceValue and BackendSpawnIdleIO when we are idle or not-idle (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Make PkControl cancel pending DBus calls when cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Make the PkItem structures refcountable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add an 'idle' parameter to PkSpawn (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add a PkTransactionList class which is like a stripped down glib1 PkTaskList (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add a simulate property to PkTask so the simulate step can be supressed if it would be run (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add a transaction-id property to PkProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add a transaction-id property to PkResults (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add helper alias to get corresponding fields from the results of pk_package_id_split (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- glib2: Add pk_client_get_progress_async() so we can peek at the transaction without adopting it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add some self tests that fail for downloading (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add the missing pk_client_adopt() function to PkClient (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add two properties to PkClient, idle and interactive (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Add UID attribute to PkProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Allow getting the complete PkProgress object from PkResults (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Copy non-native files before we try to install them to avoid GUI clients having to do this (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Export the locale as a read-write property on PkClient (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Port PkCatalog from glib1, and speed things up by an order of magnitude (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Print warning if pk_progress_bar_set_percentage() is called before pk_progress_bar_start (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Ship the -sync versions of PkClient and PkControl in the shared library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Split out pk-client-sync.[c|h] from the shared console code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Use SetHints() rather than SetLocale(), and pass the idle and interactive hints (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- browser-plugin: Don't unref plugin twice to fix a crash when firefox is closed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Actually make the PackageKit GTK module resident (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Add a check for glib-2.0 >= 2.22.0 for the new glib2 library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Call dbus_g_thread_init() in the client tools, even though nothing bad seems to happen if we dont (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't free stuff allocated by fontconfig with g_free (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Don't set the last element to NULL in pk_ptr_array_to_strv (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do the legacy fallback in the daemon, not generally, else we try to run methods that do not exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit the correct transaction-id in the glib2 PkTransactionList code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we invalidate the updates cache every time the daemon sends updates-changed. Fixes rh#523593 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Exit pk-command-not-found with 127 when we have not run a program. Fixes rh#527044 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a client crash when we're doing a simulated install of a local package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a couple of crashers in pk_transaction_pre_transaction_checks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix double free in pk-gstreamer-install which caused a crash. Fixes rh#526600 (Dave Airlie)
|
||
- Localise the info enums in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Read unbuffered input rather than using ungetc. Fixes rh#522679 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Refresh the free licenses we can parse from the Fedora wiki. Fixes rh#519394 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Directly install packages using PkTaskText rather than calling out to pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Don't print critical warnings if run with no arguments (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- contrib: Fix crash on 64 bit architectures in the plugin installer. Fixes rh#523861 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- debuginfo-install: Correctly list all the dependant packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Don't stomp on state->call when the interface changes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Don't use weak pointers, use a proper reference to avoid clearing the proxy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Ensure we call the progress callback when initially setting the role in PkClient (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Check for OOM and connection failure in PkClient and PkControl (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Don't append blank version and arch sections in pk_package_id_to_printable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: Use ARCH and NEWEST filters when getting the deps for a service pack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib2: We're treating PK_foo_ENUM_UNKNOWN as a delimiter, but it's actually part of the ABI. Use PK_foo_LAST (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Use the newest filter when getting catalog data (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fix crash when using getOldTransactions to get uid (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- packagekit-qt: Fix simulateInstallPackage call (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- pkcon: When removing packages, allow removal of deps too (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkmon: Don't print transactions before we have properties set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-09-07
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
- A new read-only backend for FreeBSD Ports.
|
||
- New Simulate* methods added to find out what a transaction will do.
|
||
- Resove() now accepts a package_id as well as a package name.
|
||
- New properties on the DBus interfaces, with the old methods deprecated.
|
||
- The new packagekit-glib2 library is experimental and unstable, but is designed to
|
||
replace the old packagekit-glib library long term. Early testing welcomed.
|
||
|
||
Translations
|
||
- Updated translation for Malayalam (anipeter)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (beckerde)
|
||
- Updated translation for Greek (charnik)
|
||
- Updated translation for Korean (eukim)
|
||
- Updated translation for Czech (hunter688)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for German (kenda)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (logan)
|
||
- Updated translation for Oriya (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Ukranian (mvdz)
|
||
- Updated translation for Slovak (palos)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hindi (rajesh)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Bengali (runab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Gujarati (swkothar)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (warrink)
|
||
- Updated translation for Catalan (xconde)
|
||
|
||
New Features
|
||
- Make the browser plugin interaction better (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Add more plugin polish with coloured backgrounds and curved edges (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Add FreeBSD distro IDs (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Add the external D-Bus methods for Simulate (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Simulate installing packages and files in pkcon if possible (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Use SimulateRemovePackages in preference to GetRequires in pkcon (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Print the different types of action from simulate with a different list prefix in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the device rebinding functionality required for the session to install drivers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add PK_PROVIDES_ENUM_POSTSCRIPT_DRIVER for the new foomatic functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a very early version of the glib2 asynconous library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow resolve to match on an exact package_id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add properties to the transaction and daemon interface and deprecate the old methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Property names have to be WindowsStyleCaps (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes
|
||
- Avoid realpath segfault on freebsd (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Use correct configure test for newer polkit (Christopher Aillon)
|
||
- Detect the new libnm-glib name as well as the old libnm_glib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send percentage-invalid when setting up the transaction and waiting for authentication (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Create log file with correct permissions (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- Fixup the package types if we are emulating the simulate methods (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit browser plugin must support windowed mode (Martin Stransky)
|
||
- The managed library feature needs gapi-sharp to build (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Remove unused docbook-docs option add man-pages option to build man pages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Fix packagekit-qt dep: cppunit is needed only when building tests (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add a check for ConsoleKit and warn the user if not found (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add some error checking when we try to parse package_ids, to avoid segfaulting on bad backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Handle not having ConsoleKit available more gracefully (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some error detection in command-not-found if the daemon cannot be started (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't run the helper script in command-not-found when dbus is not running. Fixes fd#23149 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Removing packages should invalidate the updates cache. Fixes rh#516457 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If there is no HAL, don't segfault when unloading PkInhibit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a CanAuthorize method to the daemon to know if the daemon will show an authentication window (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Reduce the amount of GUI interaction in the web plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make 'pkcon update foo' actually work (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the pkcon repo-list output to be more normal. Fixes rh#520330 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the number on the progressbar track the actual percentage in debuginfo-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the trailing newline from fgetc in pkcon so multiple requests work (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- For backends without simulate, we need to emit the original packages before we fall back (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up some return values in the event of an error. Spotted by clang (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up the python example in the FAQ (مؤيد السعدي)
|
||
|
||
Libraries
|
||
- glib: Add pk_control_can_authorize() as a client helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix up the self tests after recent error change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Trap errors from simulate clients in the same way as the other methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix up the PkControl properties with the interface change (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix up a few shared files so glib2 can build with Werror flags set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Don't assert the client if new properties are added to the interface (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Add the glib client helpers for Simulate (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- glib: Add a 'status' property to PkClient (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Update the API to match PK 0.5, and handle DBus errors better (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Fix undefined symbol daemonErrorFromDBusReply (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Properly remove the old PolicyKit files (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Never return null when expecting a Transaction (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Fix wrong signal connection in transaction.cpp (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Fix a bug where the error state of a transaction wouldn't be initialized (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Update Transaction::Status enum (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Add simulate support (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Add additionnal methods to preserve API with earlier versions (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Add const qualifier on some methods (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Migrate to the new properties based API (Adrien Bustany)
|
||
- qt: Remove unused qt-gui dep (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- qt: Removed default values from getDepends, getRequires and removePackages (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- python: Add the simulate stuff to the common python class (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends
|
||
- alpm: Code cleanup in cb_trans_evt; honor dependencies when installing package (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Migrate to pacman 3.3 branch (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Fix GetDepends by removing obsolete code; set correct error when package_id was not correct (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Added support for resolving by package_id (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Use dist-upgrade to detect installable upgrades (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not calculate updates using the dist-upgrade method (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: UpdatePackages should not fail on already up-to-date packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Workaround a bug in python-apt which would mark upgraded packages as not automatic installed (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't allow to install updates in UpdatePackages which would remove already installed packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not allow to update not installed packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Also use removal detection and action groups for InstallPackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make use of the problem resolver to detect conflicting installs/updates (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Enhance also the removal of packages by action group and resolver (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the enhanced safe upgrade for update-system (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Don't use the resolver to detect additional safe upgrades since they should not introduce any problems (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Emit a warning message if an untrusted package gets installed (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Optimize update calculation by using the problem resolver directly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix an old reference of a method of the former D-Bus based frontend (RequireRestart) (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Only send dbus cache changed signal if system dbus is running. Thanks to Michael Biebl! (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the resolver in get-requires and get-depends (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix resolver handling for removing packages. They have to be protected (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix the not auto installed marking of upgrades (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Speed up searching for the package name by creating only the matching packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Emit results in the details search as soon as possible. Furthermore use a more modern syntax in the xapian search (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Improve APT cache based search-details by using a more modern syntax(Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Workaround a regression in python-apt 0.7.12 which only allows strings as keys for packages in the cache dict (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Unset LC_ALL to gain support for translated descriptions (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix distro upgrade call (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix wrong media type enum (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Remove not required imports (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make use of the new RepoMetadataDownloadFailed message (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not sort the apt.Cache, since it slows down the whole process a lot (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix search-file to search for just one file (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fixed resolve and added simulate (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added proxy support and simplified setlocale (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added non interactive mode to dpkg (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix to handle packages ids in resolve (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Add simulate-install-packages for testing
|
||
- dummy: Respect the filter settings (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- dummy: Support resolve by exact package_id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Add progress updates to resolve (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Add _use_trusted support to install_files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Fix installing and removing multiple packages at once (Sebastian Krzyszkowiak)
|
||
- portage: get-details returns a size when a package is installed (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Clean lock usage (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Better managing of cyclic dep in get_requires (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Search-name is now category aware (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Fix repo-list (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Fix search-files doublon results when a package has many files with the key in the name (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Remove removed packages from world set by adding them to favorites (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: -get-details show a cleanier LICENSE info -get_metadata is now able to add cache keys -misc cleaning (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: -move id_to_cpv() to the class -call self.error(ERROR_PACKAGE_ID_INVALID) instead of raising exception (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: -search-details now search for real (updated) license -refactoring (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Block interactive packages to be used via the backend (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Use MESSAGE_CONFIG_FILES_CHANGED to inform the user about updated configuration files (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Send an error if an ebuild with RESTRICT='fetch' is in the installation list (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add some status info to install-packages, update-packages and update-system (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Use ERROR_DEP_RESOLUTION_FAILED if generating depgraph fails (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Show elog messages when installing (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Use restricted-download error instead of download-failed for fetch restriction (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Show elog messages when updating packages or system and when removing packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add error management when install/updating/removing (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- ports: Configure and add backend (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Implement the remaining read-write items (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Need to use right error code for unsupported only_trusted (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Implement download-packages and install-files (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Implement the newest group (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Implement vuxml for get-update-detail (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- ports: Use update, not fetch (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Fix duplicatation bug with cve/bugzilla urls (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Implement only_trusted (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Remove the what-provides feature (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: If we're on RHEL, then preupgrade functionality isn't available (Dennis Gregorovic)
|
||
- yum: Include the releasever in the updates link. Fixes rh#457358 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add the PROVIDES_POSTSCRIPT_DRIVER prefix for Fedora (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix bad date formatting in update descriptions. Fixes rh#516700 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add a simple implimentation of SimulateInstallFiles (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Pretect against broken repo ChangeLog metadata. Fixes rh#519083 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support SimulateInstallFiles properly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Check for initialisation failures in more cases (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't check for unfinished transactions when the cache is lazy loaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Setect yum.Errors.RepoError in more places, rather than backtracing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use NotImplementedError to fix a backtrace (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: DeviceKit implementation for mediarepo (مؤيد السعدي)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-08-03
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
- We've done some initial security review on this release, and the PackageKit
|
||
architecture in general. We've made a few small changes, but it all looked
|
||
pretty good overall. Certainly nothing to worry about.
|
||
See http://cgit.freedesktop.org/packagekit/plain/docs/security.txt
|
||
- This is the first release of PackageKit where multiple users with different
|
||
proxy servers is supported. Proxy server support was pretty broken before.
|
||
See http://cgit.freedesktop.org/packagekit/plain/docs/setting-the-proxy.txt
|
||
- We now detect security updates to shared libraries in use.
|
||
- Lots of bugfixes and a few new configure options
|
||
|
||
Translations
|
||
- Updated translation for Malayalam (anipeter)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for Danish (kristho)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (logan)
|
||
- Updated translation for German (nazgul)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Swedish (yeager)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hungarian (zoltanh721)
|
||
|
||
New Features
|
||
- Check for pm-utils installation if pm-utils option is enabled (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Adding 'strict' option to configure to add -Werror (auto-enabled in repo) (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add networkmanager, connman and service-packs options to prevent auto-magic deps (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add functionality to detect when shared libraries are being used that are updated in a security update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Limit the maximum number of requests a given user is able to request and queue (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Limit the number of packages that can be processed by the daemon in one method call (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a security document after some initial review (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Add a PkClientPool object to better manage async clients (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add uid and session to proxy mapping in the database (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a document explaining how we map the proxy internally (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add arch filtering to the generic python filter helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- debuginfo-install: handle untrusted packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Detect when the PolicyKit authentication was timed out, and show this as a message to the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Search other directories that commands can be found in, not just /usr/bin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Show status rather than just hanging for a long time without any output (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- cnf: Handle SIGINT in command-not-found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: expose the some new properties on the PkClient object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes
|
||
- Change remove-packages python backend function to get autoremove value (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Fixed the python frontend to comply with the correct DBUS signatures and signals (Thomas Liu)
|
||
- Use the configured libexec dir, don't hardcode it (Vincent Untz)
|
||
- Prevent duplicate require-restart signal from being sent from the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rewrite the browser plugin in C, to fix several issues and add functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Fix the signal type for destroy, and protect against unref in the handler (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove all instances of atoi, it's just not secure (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send an ErrorCode when the authentication agent fails to be contacted (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we set the correct proxy for the transaction according to the uid and session. Fixes rh#491859 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the exit codes for pkcon and pkmon, and document them. Fixes fd#22819 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- gstreamer-plugin: check for invalid codecs and don't send if all are invalid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't emit the RequireRestart security signals until the transaction completes with success. Fixes rh#513856 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a couple of small memory leaks in PkTransactionExtra and PkNetworkStackUnix(Richard Hughes)
|
||
- gtk-module: check for zero length data from FcNameUnparse to mitigate fd#22792 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure the transaction database is not world readable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the package name in the authentication details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: don't exit from the loop when the first tid times out, and we're requeued (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: clear the saved error from the first client if we are requeueing a second (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends
|
||
- apt: A backwards running progress is reported as not available progress information (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: Add to the file list for the new lsof functionality testing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- portage: Improve get_depends and move it to trunk version of portage (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: get-depends filtering output (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improve get-updates with security updates (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Update the category/group map (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Explicitly let portage backend accept sigkill (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Cleaning, fixing not-found-error, misc (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Clean remove-packages after portage fixes (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Show a message if try to use remove-packages with autoremove=True (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Fix a small bug in get-requires (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Create get_packages_required and use it for get_requires (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Remove-packages now removes alse required packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Remove-packages breaks if a candidate is in the system set (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improve install-packages to let install many packages and filter output (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Manage only_trusted (show error) for {install,update}-packages and update-system (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Update-system prevents failures and block outputs (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Don't allow_cancel functions that will affect system even if cancelled (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- yum: Add the start of MediaManager code for external media handling (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Add some fixes to the MediaManager code (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Add a HAL implementation of MediaManager (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Ignore physical media when refreshing (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Add a GIO MediaManager implementation (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Add a linux native MediaManager implementation (Muayyad Alsadi)
|
||
- yum: Add some more comps group mapping entries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove the preupgrade code, as we now depend on this package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ignore another error in checkForNewer. Fixes rh#510874 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When we're waiting for a crashed instance of ourselves, kill the process with SIGQUIT (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add arch filtering support (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Unselect groups we previously selected when we get package deps (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ensure selectGroup() returns a list of packages by forcing deselectGroup() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When we fail to get the lock, print the process information in the error details. Fixes rh#513376 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Package arch should be taken into account for newest filtering. Fixes rh#472876 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Ignore another exception from yum about having no groups. Fixes rh#514708 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Abort initialisation with an error if unfinished transactions are pending. Fixes rh#513557 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.5.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-07-06
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
- This is the first release of the unstable 0.5.x branch, which depends on
|
||
PolicyKit1, rather than the old PolicyKit.
|
||
- The API has been slightly changed for PolicyKit1 support and new functionality;
|
||
see the interface for more details.
|
||
- New pk-debuginfo-install functionality to install missing debuginfo packages:
|
||
http://blogs.gnome.org/hughsie/2009/06/29/abrt-and-pk-debuginfo-install/
|
||
|
||
Translations
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (aloriel)
|
||
- Updated translation for Czech (hunter688)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Telugu (kkrothap)
|
||
- Updated translation for Danish (kristho)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (logan)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (nippur)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Kannada (shanky)
|
||
- Updated translation for Gujarati (swkothar)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
|
||
New Features
|
||
- Add ConnMan networking stack support (Peter J Zhu)
|
||
- Add force parameter to refresh-cache function in python backends (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Improve SearchFile, SearchName, SearchDetails and SearchGroup specifications (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Port to polkit1, and remove a lot of the complexity with the old PolicyKit code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rewrite the networking code to derive from a common PkNetworkStack object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enable nice build output on automake1.11 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make GIO a hard build dependency and remove the conditional code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enable the warning GSEAL_ENABLE and fix up build failures (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a trusted parameter to InstallPackages, UpdatePackage and UpdateSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a convenience Exit enum, NEED_UNTRUSTED, and set for the correct error enums (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't hardcode the StateChangedTimeout's and add them to the config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a PolicyKit action lookup so we can do the translated authentication from the server (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Populate some initial PolkitDetails when we ask PolicyKit1 for authorization (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk-debuginfo-install functionality as a new contrib project (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Create a PkRequireRestartObj type (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes
|
||
- Fix reading freed-memory when GetBackendDetail is used with a NULL name parameter (Daniel Elstner)
|
||
- Add missing header to fix compile on FreeBSD (Jared D. McNeill)
|
||
- Don't use BASHisms on FreeBSD (Jared D. McNeill)
|
||
- Don't check for docbook2man, check for libxslt (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- Throw an error if SearchGroup search term contains spaces (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add pk-transaction checks if the given path in search-file is valid (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Add errors when backend can't get filelist or can't get requires packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- Never return FALSE from StateHasChanged. Fixes rh#483164 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Reject files passed to InstallFiles that are not supported by the backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert non-ASCII text to unicode for spawned backends. Fixes rh#504377 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add subclasses to our registered mime-types. Fixes rh#504137 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- To fix make snapshot and giant paths, use ustar-type tarballs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Quit the synchronous loop if we get destroyed, to avoid hanging forever (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: If we're running synchronous then return false if there is not success (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Remove the horror that is pk_client_get_cached_objects (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Ensure PkTaskList monitor objects save state to buffers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkcon: Quit the synchronous loop if we get destroyed, to avoid hanging forever (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use proper booleans in the python backends rather than 'true' and 'false' (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send PK_STATUS_ENUM_WAITING_FOR_AUTH when we are waiting for an authentication (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the PackageKit plugin available to firefox (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Depend on gtk2+ >= 2.14.0 for the browser plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Require new style xulrunner headers only (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some special casing for the pk-debuginfo-install in the PolicyKit helper (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make debuginfo-install also install package deps (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a man page for pk-debuginfo-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a console progress bar to pk-debuginfo-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a --quiet option to pk-debuginfo-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit RequireRestart as a PkRequireRestartObj (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Impliment newest filtering according to the newly agreed specification (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pk_client_get_require_restart_list return a PkObjList of PkRequireRestartObj's (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends
|
||
- alpm: Added update_system, improved transaction progress stuff (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Downloading the package changelog was merged into python-apt (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Show the installed size for installed packages instead of the package size (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Ignore obsolete but not purged packages (James Westby)
|
||
- aptcc: Fix missing include (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- portage: Update groups/filters list (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Working install-packages function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add search-group function with a table conversion from gentoo's categories (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Working but version of remove-package (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get-requires function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add search-details, minor changes (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Update install-packages, cleaning and world list compatibility (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add group in get-details, add installed info in packageid and keywords info (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add refresh_cache function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get-updates function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get-updates-detail and update-packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add update-system function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add repo-list and repo-enable functions with layman api (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add percentage to search-files and change search method to match exact path (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Let search-file accept filename or fully qualified path and filename (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Take a position for supported filters (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add filter management for search-file and search-groups (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Use default configuration instead of user's one for ACCEPT_KEFWORDS (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improved management of filters, especially free filter (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Get_packages is filter aware, search_file is free filter aware (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Fix bug when using portdb.aux_get for installed but not in the tree cpv (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Show installed packages first, make best use of cpv list and filters (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add progress info to search-name and search-group (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add multi-key search in search_name and exclude category from search (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improve resolve function to use filters and correctly use list in input (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add filter management to get_packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improved error management and progress for get_files and get_details (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improve get_repo_list and repo_enable functions, refactoring (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Use a trick to prevent outputs when adding a repository (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Improve repository policy by adding a gentoo dummy repo (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Change newest filter behaviour and add slot manage to it (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add SLOT management in id/cpv/id conversions (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Better remove-package function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- smart: Slackware packages now support xz compression too (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Some more fields are now filled in get-details method (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Only_trusted implementation (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: We support application/x-servicepack, so advertise it in the mime type list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Download the ChangeLog data when we get the update list. Fixes rh#499590 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Be more descriptive why we didn't have a package cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Format the package_id before showing it in the error detail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Correct an error enum for a missing group (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the new update-not-found error enum for missing updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't hardcode network access to install or update packages. Fixes rh#506110 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Respect trusted for InstallPackages, UpdatePackages and UpdateSystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support the new error codes, and don't warn for untrusted packages anymore (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use a float for present_version as rawhide is 11.90. Fixes rh#506649 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't check ts_state when getting the restart-required signal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Provide restart-required data for all the packages, not just the first update (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up the logic in RepoEnable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't do unconditional NEWEST filtering on resolve (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove custom hacking in Resolve, and treat like precise search (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do newest filtering when the list isn't ordered (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-06-01
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- The start of a portage backend has been added by Mounir Lamouri.
|
||
- Numerous daemon speedups and bugfixes, so an upgrade is recommended.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Bulgarian (Alexander Shopov)
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (aalam)
|
||
- Updated translation for Malayalam (anipeter)
|
||
- Updated translation for Greek (charnik)
|
||
- Updated translation for Oriya (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Hindi (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Bengali (runab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Thai (willwill)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Finnish (vpv)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a PK_CHECK_VERSION macro (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add three properties on the main interface with the runtime daemon versions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Export version-* properties in PkControl (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a prototype backend interface definition as a tech-preview (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use --enable-developer, instead use DeveloperMode set in the config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Create a shared pk_backend_bool_to_text() helper to reduce copy&paste (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Make PkNetworkUnix watch /proc/net/route and check for network state changes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we send ::Finished() even when the dispatcher closed normally (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we disconnect ::Finished() when we unref a transaction in the PkTransactionList (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit ::Destroy() in the dispose phase to ensure it is proxied to the bus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix SuggestDaemonQuit to exit using the mainloop (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the logic of when ::RestartSchedule is used (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't cache the update detail anymore, we can't ensure cache-consistency (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't try to clear the cancel timeout if it fires again on PkClient finalise (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only return the newest available package for the command-not-found tool (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check earlier if we don't have libarchive when creating a service pack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Be more paranoid when parsing ISO8601 dates from the backend to avoid a critical error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a small memory leak when we check for session restarts (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we search for the file list after an install or upgrade, use the local package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't crash the session program if we are connecting to an old packagekitd with a new libpackagekit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Protect a few function in pk-package-ids.c from NULL input (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- dummy: Make the depends return both types of packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- portage: Working search-name, get-details and download-packages (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get-files function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add search-file function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Beginning of resolve function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get_depends function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- portage: Add get_packages function (Mounir Lamouri)
|
||
- yum: Add some more error handing when updating packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Clear previous data so a test transaction do not break actual one (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Setup the locale using yum.misc. Fixes rh#487614 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Protect when the presto plugin doesn't send a name for the rebuild callback. Fixes rh#500428 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Disable the rpm-warm-cache yum plugin, it's so broken (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Blacklist remove-with-leaves as well. Fixes rh#502399 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-05-05
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Many speed improvements to the yum backend
|
||
- Added media change support in a few backends
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated translation for Assamese (amitakhya, raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Bengali (runab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Brazilian Portuguese (igor)
|
||
- Updated translation for Chinese (Simplified) (leahliu)
|
||
- Updated translation for Danish (kristho)
|
||
- Updated translation for Dutch (nippur)
|
||
- Updated translation for French (mrtom)
|
||
- Updated translation for German (fab)
|
||
- Updated translation for Gujarati (swkothar)
|
||
- Updated translation for Italian (marionline)
|
||
- Updated translation for Marathi (sandeeps)
|
||
- Updated translation for Oriya (mgiri)
|
||
- Updated translation for Kannada (shanky)
|
||
- Updated translation for Polish (raven)
|
||
- Updated translation for Portuguese (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated translation for Punjabi (aalam)
|
||
- Updated translation for Russian (amitakhya)
|
||
- Updated translation for Serbian (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated translation for Spanish (elsupergomez)
|
||
- Updated translation for Tamil (ifelix)
|
||
- Updated translation for Telugu (kkrothap)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add DOAP file to the project (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a method to disable SIGKILL in PkSpawn (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added media change support to -qt lib (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Added support to recognize Debian version (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Add media change request support to the spawned backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Allow a spawned backend to opt-out of the SIGKILL cancel process (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove job_count.dat, it's not used anymore (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the DBus backend. The only user (apt) has switched to spawned (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- New signal, media-change-required (daemon and glib) (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add support for /etc/lsb-release to pk_get_distro_id(). Fixes fd#21550 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the dummy security model to authorise actions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check the transaction totals are not zero before using them. Fixes rh#495849 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correct the allow-cancel duplicate logic (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correct the logic for SetSynchronous without returning in the duplicate check (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Display Message()'s in pkcon rather than just ignoring them (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't filter out 'Presto' unconditionally from the stdout to fix rh#496091 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile on FreeBSD (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pkgenpack man page still pointed to pk-generate-package-list (James Westby)
|
||
- pk_package_ids_check is not valid when the packageids array is zero length (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the NameOwnerChanged handler when we unref PkConnection to prevent a bug in client applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Still use command not found for commands one character long (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- To fix spawned backends, http_proxy has to be a URI not a bare proxy. Fixes rh#491859 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the new session interface for installing Fontconfig resources and GStreamerCodecs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Libraries:
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add support for cancel-foreign PolicyKit action (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Changed License to QString in package (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Drop support for building with CMake. The module for the lib is still included (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Switch some QSets to QFlags, because keyToValue() returns int not qint64 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Adds registration to MessageType (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Fixed Message enum the same way as Filter and Action (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Removed a useless resolv method (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Renamed various enums to have a prefix to avoid conflicts (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Python: Add two further helpers get_package_id and split_package_id (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Add two helpers format_string and text_to_bool to the backend module (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Add a command line option to only operate a single command (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a helper function to get the version instance matching a package id (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add media change request support. But in an ugly state (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Emit a Package signal for the currently processed package while applying changes (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Ifdef the distro upgrade correctly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: install the script to create the mime and codec map (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make the unlock cache decorator even unlock the cache (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Remove method _get_package_description since it is included in python-apt (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Set the path to the codec and mime type handler map correctly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Turn the dbus backend into a spawned one (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use text_to_bool and format_string from the backend module (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the new fetch_binary method to download packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: use the new get_package_id method (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- aptcc: Added media change support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- conary: Add exception for bad xml generation (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add generateXML with it no need get XML from web (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add get-repo-list (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add more validations of network (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add search file (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Disable packageBrowsing (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix status on get-repo-list (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Make remove packages faster (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: New fetch xml cache for unsupported repos (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- dummy: Add media-change-required support into the dummy backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Allow setting the use-gpg and use-eula variables in runtime (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Set allow-cancel TRUE at the start of UpdatePackages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: Let opkg backend compilable again (Tick Chen)
|
||
- opkg: Update the filters using pk_bitfield_contain (Tick Chen)
|
||
- smart: Add arch package versioning support (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Better download status for slack/arch (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Don't require rpm-python (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Catch RepoError when we try to get the ChangeLog (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch yum.Errors.RepoError rather than printing a backtrace. Fixes rh#494227 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Check for the package_id and error out if invalid. We can't imply resolve now (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Consider the installed state when we do newest filtering. Fixes rh#472876 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Deal with Presto downloading updates in a better way (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Disable the refresh-packagekit plugin when running under PackageKit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't search all repos when we resolve a package_id to a pkg. This saves
|
||
55ms per lookup, and makes multiple package matches much quicker (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do the download name parsing code a better way so that we work with Presto (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit a backend message when the transaction status isn't known (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up a pylint warning in the new status code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle repo-set-data with an invalid repo in a better way (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only filter newest by name and not name+arch. Fixes rh#493936 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only search the rpmdb when the package_id data is installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Opt out of SIGKILL as this can lead to RPM database corruption in some situations (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Send INFO_FINISHED when we've finished downloading a file. Fixes rh#496787 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: When yum fails to load the rpmdb, it helpfully emits TypeError. Catch. (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-03-30
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Lots of profiling lead to many speed increases, most at cold startup
|
||
- Fixes to command not found for bash 4.0
|
||
- Experimental aptcc backend merged, which does not use python-apt at all
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Add Portuguese translation (Rui Manuel da Costa Gouveia)
|
||
- Updated Italian translation (Daniele Catanesi)
|
||
- Updated Punjabi translation (aalam)
|
||
- Updated Italian translation (ccielogs)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (igor)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (kad)
|
||
- Updated Hungarian translation (kelemeng)
|
||
- Updated Serbian translation (kmilos)
|
||
- Updated Danish translation (kristho)
|
||
- Updated Slovak translation (palos)
|
||
- Updated Portuguese translation (ruigo)
|
||
- Updated Serbian translation (soko)
|
||
- Updated Italian translation (tombo)
|
||
- Updated German translation (tomspur)
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (vpv)
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (xconde)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a config variable to be able to turn off the updates cache for debugging (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Warn if there are any pending sources at the end of each self test section (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Make the GTK+ module resident to fix crash when session is reloaded (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Only check the transaction database once at startup, to reduce 25ms off the cold start (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't force SQLite to do fsync in PkTransactionDb, to reduce our cold cache start by 700ms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't store the job-id in a separate file, as this adds 37ms to each generate method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't allow pk_backend_error_timeout_delay_cb() to be called more than once (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Escape the ';' in the UpdateDetail:ChangeLog signal so we can send more than one line (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the bash 4.0 command_not_found function name to fix new versions of bash (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we get the update detail in pkcon, resolve not-installed packages. Fixes rh#492004 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Don't hardcode /var/lib/PackageKit for the desktop database (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Check for QtXml in configure and use the correct deps in the packagekit-qt pc file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Made Transaction::cancel() a slot (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- qt: Updated almost all the enums (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Fixed a typo that caused search failures (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- aptcc: Search from apt-cache working (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Searching like aptitude without leaks (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fixed versions bug now using pin's file (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fixed the development filter (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added get_files and search_file support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Class search_name improved by the matcher class search_details added (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Improved search files by creating a stecial matcher (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fixed a small bug in search_name and removed a unused function (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Initial cancel support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added cancel support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added get_requires and get_depends support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Included emit_details in aptcc class (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added recursive mode to get_requires and get_depends, still need some improvements like OR deps (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added backend_resolve (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added get_updates and get_update_detail support although there still some stuff to improve (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added refresh cache support, it downloads the translation files (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added package_download support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added repo_list and repo_enable support (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Fixed repo_enable, progress on fetcher, emit package on fetcher and some code clean up (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- aptcc: Added backend finished before all returns (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- conary: Add more info to callbacks (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix updateSystem (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Remove error signal when not found (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Remove many conary instances (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add DepFailure exception and catch the Packages (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add xmlfile for conary.rpath.com repo what its missed (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: More rapid search (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix the high memory usage on search (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix high memory usage (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix repository output on get-details (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Implement get-packages (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix the get-updates broke conary: add licenses metadata (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- dummy: Make the distro upgrade data configurable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Do the restart required when we update packages too (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Emit file list we downloaded in DownloadPackages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Return the ChangeLog data for yum updates if it is available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't explode parsing the ChangeLog data when not unicode (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Only show update-detail ChangeLog entries newer than the package we have installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove the tabs in the package description (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't explode when faced with an invalid ChangeLog header, just report a message (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't explode when we can't find the package when we try to get the update detail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't output duplicated updates. Fixes rh#488509 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Replace the hardcoded comps->groups map with a config file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-03-09
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Punjabi translation (A S Alam)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated German translation (Jens-Uwe Peter)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Jorge A Gallegos)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Marathi Translations (Sandeep Sheshrao Shedmake)
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Enable ptrace() on libpackagekit, it was always a bandaid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- python: add a PkError exception class to better handle nested errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clarify the spec that a Details::size value of zero of a non-installed file
|
||
indicates it's in cache and doesn't need to be downloaded (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the app-install feature, it's now it's own project (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow backends to enable simultaneous mode to do actions in parallel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Updated QPackageKit soname version to 0.4.1 (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Made package methods const and added an operator== to package (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- When we reset a PkClient, get a new reference to a PkPackageList (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we set PK_STATUS_ENUM_FINISHED when we return cached updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: When we cancel a transaction, don't overwrite the role as Cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the self test by using actual provides in the catalog file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Update the postinst script to store desktop file information in the desktop.db (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- conary: Fix some typos for search methods (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix the unicode decode (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Remove chars what break the backend (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- dummy: Add other package details for updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Make the gpg and eula prompts configurable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do proper error handling to avoid exiting the script on correctable errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support the 'any' provide search (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Output a Details::size value of zero if the file is in cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-02-23
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Swedish translation (Daniel Nylander)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Simplified Chinese translation (zhourongrong)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a new method GetDaemonState to the main interface to help debugging on
|
||
live systems (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Print the daemon state when using pkmon in verbose mode (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a draft standard for application install metadata handling (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a pk-app-install binary for manipulating the sqlite cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Sync API for RequireRestart (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add support for application filter (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add a searchFromDesktopFile method (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Updated documentation with UseSyslog parameter (Balaji)
|
||
- Fix for the updates and obsoletes delimiter (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Make the dbus policy more fine grained (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Fix compile failure with gcc-4.4.0 and old versions of glib2 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If we fail to exit from the dispatcher, make sure we cleanup the poll as the
|
||
child check isn't going to be run (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- The QT lib now depends on QtSql, so add this to the configure (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up resolve in pkcon and from libpackagekit-glib (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't dereference a NULL pointer in pk_console_resolve() which can be done
|
||
using pkcon list-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use an local error in pkcon list-install else we'll fail to free it,
|
||
and it's non-fatal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Handle daemon errors more gracefully (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add a getLastError method to get the last daemon error (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- PackageKit-Qt: Add missing implementation for uid and cmdline (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- Packagekit-Qt: Fix to make what provides work (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Added experimental support for progress indication (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Updated alpm backend status in status matrix (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Allow the properties and introspection interface of the backend
|
||
to everyone (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the merged debfile module of python-apt (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix an API change in debfile (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Install the main Python module into the packagekit package and use a command
|
||
wrapper to improve the start time (*.pyc) (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Remove code which is now merged with python-apt (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add script to extract information from app-install desktop files (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- conary: Fix get-updates command (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix the group search (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Change the error signal for groups not found (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add a percent progress on install packages (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Remove the subpercent signal only percent signal (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add subpercent for minitasks (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Tuning the percent update (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix step feeling for percent download (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add percent to update/remove/get-updates/update-system (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add a exception for run get-updates first and then update (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: update-system do a stepdown percent (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix the search ~installed filter (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add more classify groups (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Implement the conaryEnums for classify category in groups fix the
|
||
backend for search groups (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Add more log info to callbacks fix get-files (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- conary: Fix get-files from many troves (Andres Vargas)
|
||
- dummy: Use the correct delimiter for the obsoletes in the kernel package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Add update detail for the blocked package, and raise an error
|
||
if we can't find a match (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Add a simple rollback action (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Build fix (Patryk Zawadzki)
|
||
- poldek: For NOT_INSTALLED filter return only available packages that are NOT
|
||
installed (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Adds an auto_close attribute to the rpmdb object (Seth Vidal)
|
||
- yum: Add support for the new font and mimehandler provides (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't backtrace with an internal error when the filename is not
|
||
unicode. Fixes rh#480440 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Fix up virtual callback methods (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-02-02
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add new packagekit-sharp binding (Stephane Delcroix)
|
||
- Allow the user to specify a complete output file name with pkgenpack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Repair pkcon resolve argument parsing (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- Remove dep on python-sqlite2 and use internal python sqlite. Fixes rh#481270 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Dist the website in the tarball correctly, and install in the -docs subpackage (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up a translation in pkcon when we fail to get the time since action (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an option to configure so we can specify a different directory. Fixes fd#19884 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove bare send_interface lines in the DBus rules (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- Add _get_info, get_id and _get_summary for PkPackageObj (Stephane Delcroix)
|
||
- Removed -Wswitch-enum from compiler switches (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- Don't print an internal error if we don't pass an argument to --package (Utsav Handa)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Change source code to be more standards compliant (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- smart: Don't filter *-testing channels as development (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Get some useful text when yum passes us an invalid message. Fixes fd#19781 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Remove GROUP_ENUM_UNKNOWN as engine returns empty if included in list (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-01-19
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Added British translation (Tim Waugh)
|
||
- Updated Slovak translation (Pavol Šimo)
|
||
- Updated Greek translation (Jennie Petoumenou)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Use the detail field as a package_id so we can propogate useful information
|
||
to clients (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an entry to the config file to turn on time estimation, and enable it
|
||
by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the udev helper from PackageKit now the core functionality is in
|
||
udev itself (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- If a script is still running and PkSpawn is asked to unload, be more careful
|
||
about disconnecting timers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we call the backend finalise method when the daemon times out (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ensure we send the correct network state with the new changed codepath (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't leak directory on commit-failed error path (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the setup signal after we've connected the backend to the transaction so
|
||
it is emitted for clients (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't emit allow-cancel over and over if it is the same state as before (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- A *-testing repo is not a development repo, so should not be filtered by
|
||
default. Fixes rh#480135 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the obsolete specific vendor_url for each PolicyKit authorisation
|
||
and rely on the packagekit homepage. Fixes novell#450349 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only try to exit the spawned backend if it is running, which removes an error
|
||
warning if it is already closed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clear the backend store in pk_backend_reset() as we can't guarantee the
|
||
ordering for cancelled jobs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile of the browser plugin with newer versions of xulrunner (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- dummy: Output a load of messages we can play with in GUI tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Get the yum lock before we start setting up comps (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Set the allow cancel flag when we are waiting for yum to release its lock (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fixed a bug that prevents installing a local file that isn't in the repos (Trever Fischer)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2009-01-08
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Add Punjabi translation (A S Alam)
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Use NetworkManager to get the network device type for session policy decisions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Resolve() is now case sensitive (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Upload some updated screenshots and some videos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added arch linux recognition code to pk_get_distro_id (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- Adapted pk-upgrade-distro.sh for suse (Thomas Goettlicher)
|
||
- Don't let spawned backends hog the disk by default using ioprio (Adel Gadllah)
|
||
- glib: Add a client side timeout monitor so we can set a limit on queries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Added accessors for PkPackageId (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- Import ruck, a port of rum, which is a port of rug (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- ruck: Add ruck client (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- Added search file method and search details convinience method to packagekit-qt (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Daemon backend: Separate object creation and running (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- QPackageKit: Revert the threaded polkit as it breaks everything (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- Define a macro directory so we work with newer versions of libtool (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the concept of slow and fast interfaces, since we don't actualy know the speed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Get the caller (and uid) for all transactions from the GetTid method as we
|
||
cannot get the UID from the non-async methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clarify that free form text in Details and UpdateDetail is formatted to markdown syntax (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a signed vs. unsigned problem when checking the error of a spawned backend
|
||
that is killed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a signed vs. unsigned problem when checking a PkBitfield (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enable more compiler warnings on GCC, and stop abusing global CFLAGS in configure (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow pkcon to resolve all the command line arguments, not just the first one (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't attempt to free the package object twice if we skip it due to duplicate filtering (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the python client library for SearchDetails and SearchFile. Fixes fd#19426 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make get_packages call GetPackages, not GetUpdates (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- ruck: Make update use update_packages instead of update_system (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- ruck: convert to use native buildsystem (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Forget arch for foresight, let the backend handle that at install time. (Ken VanDine)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Code modified to use PkPackageId accessors (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Download_packages stuff moved to its own thread (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Fix order of locking and threading (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Start a new testing framework using mox and nose (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the root of apt to search for files (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not report a package twice if the file search string matches more
|
||
than once (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Iterate over all pending events in the main loop during tests to allow
|
||
the dbus object to unregister (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a test for file search (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not register the test backend on the dbus (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Shorten wait for join of test threads (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add test for doInit and doRefresh (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix status test file by removing all dependencies of xterm (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a test repository Packages file (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix refresh: After calling refresh the cache has to be reopened (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Register callbacks centrally for the test (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add check for updates, add numbers to the test name to make them sortable,
|
||
use variables where possible for internal strings (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Move test data files to a separate folder (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Adapt changed test data paths (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Allow to speicify additional nosetests parameters for the test script (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Provide details for a failed download (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: Ddd some markdown text for demos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- poldek: Documentation packages have its own group (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Added support for InstallGStreamerCodecs (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Improved SearchFile (query rpmdb for local files) (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Move GetPackages to its own function (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Don't show DeprecationWarnings from yum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch another exception from yum when doing self.yumbase.comps.return_group,
|
||
possibly triggered by deselecting all sources (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Clear the package sack before we get the updates list to ensure it's correct (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Import yum for file, rather than just in main to fix exception handling.
|
||
Fixes rh#476381 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit more percentage signals so that the progress bar is smoother and the
|
||
time estimation is more accurate (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Print the full exception in the internal error case, else it's useful to no-one... (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Treat new packages dragged in as update deps as enhancements (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't show an error when we try to get the details of a package that does
|
||
not have a description field. Fixes RH#477018 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove all tab characters in update descriptions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Issue a warning when the user enables a rawhide repo (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch IOError and handle out of disk space. Fixes RH#478377 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.4.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-12-09
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Now integrates with BASH suggesting replacements and offering to install
|
||
missing packages.
|
||
- Now integrates with Pango using a gtk-module to install missing fonts.
|
||
- Much tighter security model and new audit logging framework.
|
||
- Lots of new, untested, code so probably not a good idea for stable distributions.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Swedish translation (Daniel Nylander)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- qt: Add GetMimeTypes to Qt bindings (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- Add a PolicyKit rule so other users can cancel tasks from other users (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add command-not-found functionality to PackageKit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a various possible replacement models to command not found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a config file to control the actions we take on command-not-found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a Pango module that can be used to automatically install missing fonts (Behdad Esfahbod)
|
||
- Set the environment variable NETWORK for the spawned backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Get the lang and network state in the generic spawned backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- pk-generate-package-list is not used any more, remove from the man page (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- Check the sender for SetLocale and the UID for Cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a small memory leak in pk_transaction_action_is_allowed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a small memory leak in pk_backend_package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make a lot of new strings translatable in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the DBus interface now that the default send interface is now deny (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow all clients to send to all interfaces of the server. Fixes DBus introspection. (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- gtk-module: Fix typos, clean up and improve README (Behdad Esfahbod)
|
||
- glib: Don't emit a critical warning if a desktop file contains an error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Fix make check with the threaded Polkit client (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- qt: ifdef the Polkit relevant parts for make distcheck (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- qt: Fix the old transactions, and upgrade to new API (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- qt: Fixed freezed UI while waiting for blocking polkit_auth_obtain call (Thomas Goettlicher)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Fix apt configuration (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- poldek: Implement get_mime_types (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Catch yum.Errors.RepoError when we get the yum comps groups. Fixes fd#18722 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add a few more entries into the comps groups mapping (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the NETWORK environment variable to change the way we access the repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Remove two developer debugging statements left in by accident (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Try harder to work from a cache when offline (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Avoid hanging the daemon when a repo is down. Fixes rh#473379 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Catch all exceptions from self.yumbase.doConfigSetup. Fixes fd#18834 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't error out with an internal error if the non-installed dep check fails. Fixes rh#474138 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Make sure we call doObsoletes explicitly when we get the ObsoletesTuples (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: As we can't treat yum like a usual python module, hand-hold it. (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: check if a package has the correct architecture, and if not exit with an error. Fixes rh#474740 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-11-24
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Updated Italian translation (Francesco Tombolini)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Slovak translation (Pavol Šimo)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Updated Simplified Chinese translation (sainrysec)
|
||
- Updated Malayalam Translation (Ani Peter)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add three commands to pkcon: list-create, list-diff and list-install (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Pass around the PolkitCaller rather than the dbus sender (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add two elements to the Transaction signal so we can get the user and cmdline
|
||
in client tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Remove PkExtra and use a new class PkDesktop to manage the desktop file cache
|
||
in a more abstract way (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When a package is installed, automatically scan and add the desktop file if
|
||
RefreshCacheScanDesktopFiles is set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add syslog logging so that we keep a record of obtained authorisations (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Provide a method to only return desktop files that will be shown in menus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Plugin: Remove the 'desktopnames' parameter from the x-packagekit-plugin code and
|
||
add the desktop icon if installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Allow single charicter package names (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile for older GTK versions (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- When we do pkcon update, don't attempt to do what-provides if it's not implemented (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Create the log file directory if we are running the daemon in a prefix (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a segfault in the error path when files could not be installed with pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the transaction role in GetOldTransactions() else it shows as unknown (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When logging to LOG_AUTHPRIV also log to LOG_DAEMON (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enable translations in the client tools. Fixes fd#18674 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Add GetDistroUpgrades to requeue as this may be required with a repo signature (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Make bitfield functions return zero if any of the elements are unknown (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Tidy up the error handling in PkClient so we always fix up remote errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Glib: Fix crash when pk-control is referenced after it's finalized (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- Glib: Allow building the glib library outside the source tree (Trever Fischer)
|
||
- QT: Add a config.h to allow disabling polkit (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- QT: Correct the location of the library in the cmake file (Trever Fischer)
|
||
- QT: Behave better if PolKit is not present (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- QT: Fixed freezed ui while waiting for blocking PolicyKit call (Thomas Goettlicher)
|
||
- Python: Instead of only package ids allow to use PackageKitPackage
|
||
instances as parameter (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Add PackageKitTransaction.get_error method which returns (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Don't use CamelStyle for methods (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Use error naming of the ErrorCode signal (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Collect messages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python: Make filter optional (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Add initial version of what_provides to the backend (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Added download_packages stuff (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- conary: Merged in more fixes from Andres (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- conary: Updated the update-detail call (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- yum: Further fixes to repository signing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't explode if the preupgrade package cannot be found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't setup the repo list in GetRepoList, this method doesn't change anything (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add support for signed repository metadata (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make sure the repos are setup before we run any command else (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Don't leak the filters (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Minor bugfix (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: zypp >= 5.20.0 is needed now (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Fixed restart-flag handling (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Do not abort when a repo is unavailable (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Do not show empty messages or messages twice (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Handle filters in WhatProvides and Resolve (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-11-10
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Updated Italian translation updated (Francesco Valente)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Turkish translations (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Updated Simplified Chinese (甘露(Gan Lu))
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Redesign python packagekit client to support async operations (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Monitor scripts in PkSpawn for standard error too, as messages often get put
|
||
there by libraries and may be useful to a backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add filter functions to allow the spawned backends to filter stderr (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add missing includes to fix the build (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- Install FindQPackageKit.cmake as KPackageKit needs it to build (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the correct session interface in the browser plugin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix protocol violation in the server and client (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Store job count in /var/lib as it's persistent (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we call Error from a python spawned backend with exit=False, don't do
|
||
Finished else we'll get warned by the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- plugin: Send the XID of the browser window so focus stealing and modality is
|
||
set correctly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- DaemonBackend: Do not include use a separate inactivity timeout (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add the description to the PackageKitError exception in client (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Fix the idle timer in daemonBackend - do not exit on running threads (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- python client: UpdateSystem should be handled as a long taking action (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- python client: SetLocale does not report a status (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- python client: Show status, progress and allow_cancel in the widget (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- python client: Replace the async parameter by an exit_handler (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: change GetDepends to handle filters properly (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- conary: Fixed data.split, I think that space was a typo (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- yum: Add support for non categorized groups (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Sort the groups in each category (James Antill)
|
||
- yum: Sort by group and not groupid (James Antill)
|
||
- yum: Replace a regular expression with four simple comparisons (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix a recently introduced regression where installing a zero byte
|
||
file would not return the correct error code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Filter out stderr KEY requests before the data is processed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix getting distibution upgrade information when we have multiple repos
|
||
providing preupgrade. Fixes rh#469172 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Move the groups sqlite cache into a PackageKit directory, rather than a
|
||
yum owned directory. Fixes rh#469324 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Changed get_distro_upgrades function (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Adapted signature callbacks (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Set status when installing a signature (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-10-27
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- Nothing much new here, just lots of translation updates and bugfixes.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Added Gujarati translation (Ankitkumar Patel)
|
||
- Update Czech translation (Adam Pribyl)
|
||
- Update Malayalam (ml) translation (Ani Peter)
|
||
- Update Swedish translation (Daniel Nylander)
|
||
- Update Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Update Serbian translation (Igor Miletic)
|
||
- Update French translation (PabloMartin-Gomez)
|
||
- Update Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Bengali India translation (Runa Bhattacharjee)
|
||
- Updated German translation (Stefan Posdzich)
|
||
- Updated Traditional Chinese translation (Terry Chuang)
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Update Simplified Chinese translation (Wei Liu, 甘露(Lu Gan))
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Provide more feedback to what is going on when we create a service pack,
|
||
and allow it to be cancelled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Print service pack creation status in pkgenpack and cancel it if we
|
||
ctrl-c to cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix the check for installed, else we fail the resolve in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a type= key to metadata.conf so we can tell if the service pack is an
|
||
update or install pack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix excluding a list of packages in pkgenpack by adding and using a proper
|
||
equality function (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Catch exceptions from sys.stdin.readline to fix rh#468486 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Allow GetOldTransactions to be run sync (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: Send a more precise error code when we fail a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- yum: Use the external yum API to change the config, not the internal one (James Antill)
|
||
- yum: Be cleverer when installing service packs of different types (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Emit a proper error message when we fail to depsolve and then have
|
||
nothing to do. Fixes rh#466006 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Do some testing when yum has _no_ metadata and the user is offline, and
|
||
make sure we don't send internal error in these cases (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle utf8 error values to fix non English locales. Fixes rh#468602 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix the newest filter to properly output installed status (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Update includes to match the new header layout (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-10-20
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release brings many, many new and updated translations.
|
||
- This is the first release with an integrated PackageKit-Qt library developed
|
||
by Adrien BUSTANY. It was included in the project SCM and tarball to give
|
||
it the same level as testing as the Glib library and to provide the same
|
||
ABI and API with consistent versioning.
|
||
- The GLib binding has been renamed to packagekit-glib.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Added Bengali India Translation (Runa Bhattacharjee)
|
||
- Added Chinese Traditional translation (Terry Chuang)
|
||
- Update Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Update Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
- Update Chinese Simplified translation (甘露 Lu Gan, Chinese Simplified)
|
||
- Update German translation (Daniela Kugelmann)
|
||
- Update Swedish translation (David Andersson, Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Update Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Update Slovak translation (Pavol Šimo)
|
||
- Update Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Hebrew translation (Oron Peled)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Merge in the QPackageKit QT library from Adrien BUSTANY so we can synchronise
|
||
releases and keep the code in sync (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add functionality to check for files being used that have been updated,
|
||
and send a session restart required signal (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move the library into /usr/include/PackageKit/packagekit-glib as we now have
|
||
a few libraries that talk to PackageKit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Print a message to the user when we try to install a package using pkcon that
|
||
is already installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Convert the CMake buildsystem into native automake (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Use a separate .pc file for packagekit-qt (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Hook up the packagekit-qt self checks to make check (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- qt: Fix the installation path on 64 bit Linux when using CMake (Laurent Montel)
|
||
- qt: Unify headers path (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- qt: Add categories to PackageKit-Qt (Adrien BUSTANY)
|
||
- qt: add some of the missing enumerated values (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- glib: make ::transaction return a pointer to a struct for lists (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow distros to disable the plugins in the configure script (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If no packages were updated or the transaction failed then don't try to get
|
||
the file lists when refreshing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- dummy: Make the backend a little cleverer for testing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add GROUP_NEWEST support to search-group (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Use the filters that make sense in the newest group code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the yum dependency filter when there is not installed in the filter
|
||
string, not just if it's exactly installed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Maintain a dictionary of the summary text so we can use it when rpm is
|
||
giving us package names without summaries on cleanup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Return repo error instead of a internal error (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-10-13
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Greek translation (Nikos Charonitakis)
|
||
- Updated Slovak translation (Pavol Šimo)
|
||
- Updated German Translation (Thomas Spura)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a GetCategories method and Category signal so we can build a dynamic
|
||
group list (Richard Hughes, Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Add support for getting the category list in PkClient (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Speed up filtering by nearly an order of magnitude (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the command line parsing on pkgenpack more sane (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a -u option to pkgenpack so we can generate a pack of updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Show progress as the packages are downloaded in pkgenpack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- More PkServicePack into libpackagekit for GUI client tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Lots of updates to the pkgenpack manpage (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add some functionality to compare PackageIDs with a fuzzy arch (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't crash the client tools if PkControl launches the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the docs as the duration of the transaction is measured in ms (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Register the mime-type x-package-list as we are using it for service packs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Mime type of a service pack is x-servicepack, not x-pack (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix refresh cache actions to set store values for threaded backends (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- python: fixed cut & paste error (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- python: use stdin.readline as it behaves better when terminating (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Add get_mime_types (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Don't list available packages with the same version as installed (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Dix the gstreamer whatprovides regular expression (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not require to be online to make a refresh (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix in backend with new package ids delimiter (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Add support for categories (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Don't emit full paths for icons, just emit the icon name (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Changes for zypp 4.14.0 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed BNC#402372 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-10-06
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated German Translation (Thomas Spura)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add the GetMimeTypes method to get the MIME types of packages supported (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a Destroy signal when we destroy the interface (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do a self check in PkTransaction so backends cannot wedge the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add Vendor.conf so vendors to change the URLs used in the frontend programs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Renice the spawned process so that we don't hog the system when doing automatic updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a way for a big company to change the name of the vendor enumerated group (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Remove items about to be run from the transaction list without crashing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a 64 bit codec suffix for the codec provides on 64 bit machines (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the GStreamer helper use proper GStreamer exit codes (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the default timeout to the maximum as dbus-glib times out after 25 seconds (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a theoretical hang where we could try to reuse a exiting instance (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Unlock the backend before we send finished on ErrorCode as unlocking may take some time (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we exit the dispatcher with 'exit' ensure we unlock if locked (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If the refresh cache fails, don't do the PkRefresh actions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If a caller does GetTid and then crashes, the daemon should timeout the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use environent variables rather than static instance variables to hold the debugging state,
|
||
so that we can get access to libpackagekit debugging when linked in (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we query the progress of a transaction, use the cached transaction values rather
|
||
than querying the backend, as it might not be the transaction actually running (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- We are allowed to cancel queued (and not running) transactions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the correct command names in packagekit-background.cron. Fixes fd#17875 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Catch all errors in a transaction to even catch attribute errors in yum. Fixes fd#17920 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Fix StateHasChanged call after a cache update (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Instead of using the raw codec string in WhatProvides use the one (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a note about implementing the codec search using debtags (will (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Dpkg calls should use the same system root as the apt cache (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: There is no need to mark the required changes of local package (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- pisi: Trivial changes for pisi-dispatcher work (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- smart: Use loader.getInstalled() instead of channel.getType (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Implement GetMimeTypes (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Restore the backend.reset() that got lost in refactoring (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Don't backtrace when we search group on no collections. Fixes rh#465722 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-09-29
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Add new Malay translation (Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan)
|
||
- Updated Czech translation (Adam Pribyl)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add new API so we can avoid loading data when we are just writing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a helper which can be used by GStreamer to install codecs.
|
||
The conversion code was written by Bastien Nocera (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add an abstract filter object as backends keep getting this wrong (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Keep an array of modification times for the desktop files so we don't force
|
||
processing each unchanged one when we do RefreshCache. Fixes fd#17817 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Turn off synchronous fsync when using PkExtra as the data isn't valuable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't send ::Finished() when the script exits because of a dispatcher exit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we have more than one transaction queued, don't try to run them all at once (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check if an instance is already running (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Finish a cached transaction in an idle loop (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up a couple of potential crashers in PkControl if SetLocale fails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove all the funny '^','|',<tab> seporators and make the delimiters all the same (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- libpackagekit needs sqlite, so mark it as such in the pkgconfig file (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Python client: add the right type to obj vars to the Package object (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Python client: store the whole info in PackageKitPackage (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Python client: store 'free' strings as unicodes instead of utf-8 encoded (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Add a decorator which cleans up the system cache lock (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Check if the in memory cache is insync with the file cache (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Enhance the test script to a full package client (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not fork the whole backend to only run dpkg (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use openpty() to create a fd which can be used for stdin and stdout (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not require to lock the cache before running dpkg (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Scan for debian bugs and cves referred to in the changelog (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix config file prompts in direct dpkg calls and add a small sleep (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Instead of catching and answering a config file prompt just set the dpkg options --force-confdef and --force-confold (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- alpm: Added support for new pacman, resolver stuff changed and moved functions to another thread (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- smart: Restore the missing installed collections (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Always use the dispatcher (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Look for apt metapackages as well as yum/yast (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- pisi: Convert the backend to using a dispatcher (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Added set-locale support and return translated collection name & decription (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Use the LANG environment var to set language of group names & decriptions (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make the yum comps db use a version, so we can change the schema in the future (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Fix the name of the enum when no mirrors are found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix up a load of issues with rpmlint in yumBackend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Make the check for additional deps much faster in the specific case where we can emulate a transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the new PackagekitFilter abstract object (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Always enforce a finished call after ErrorCode to avoid a daemon warning (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Fix getting the update list after we installed updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Fix returning bogus packages by setting ignoreAlreadyRecommended (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-09-22
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add PK_PROVIDES_ENUM_HARDWARE_DRIVER to query for hardware drivers (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- python: Implemented some extra methods and did some code cleanups (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- python: Removed packagekitwrapper.py, it is replaced by packagekit/client.py (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- python: Implemented the last methods and make the wrapper-test.py a lot better (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Change ScanDesktopFiles and UpdatePackageList to default true (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a new in-process desktop scanner and package list generator (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a --quiet flag for the import tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Add PLD to pk_get_distro_id (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- Split the dispatcher commands using tab else we don't handle filenames
|
||
with spaces in them correctly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Store translations in the C locale so we can still provide a package name
|
||
in C even if there are no translations (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit a proper error code when we can't start the dameon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't show a critical warning if we can't start up the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use gconstpointer rather than const gpointer (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pkcon always overwrite the percentage values (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- python API: return objects instead of dict (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- dummy: Respect the filter setting in SearchFile (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Add download status for non-package/repodata files (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Implement GetUpdateDetail (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Only allow one download at a time, to avoid confusing interface (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Now using dispatched backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Make meta packages use verbose name as summary, insted of description (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Fix a potential problem if the package_id could not be found (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Hook up get-distro-upgrades in the dispatcher (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't try and upgrade kernel when we GetDistroUpgrades (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Don't report the collection version or arch as meta (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add the collection size to the output of GetDetails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: get-updates should list obsoletes too (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: GetDepends return packages added from group, not only deps (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- zypp: Fix the separator when returning multiple id's (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Build pool before solving (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Cleaned WhatProvides method (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Fix potential segfault (Martin S)
|
||
- zypp: Check provides if no package was found (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Package expects a summary, not a (long) description (Martin S)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-09-16
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This release fixes a serious bug where the daemon would sometimes stop
|
||
handling requests under heavy load.
|
||
- A new package type of Collection has been added that is designed to work
|
||
as an abstract package. It can be used to install or remove groups of packages.
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add PK_INFO_ENUM_COLLECTION_INSTALLED and PK_INFO_ENUM_COLLECTION_AVAILABLE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk-upgrade-distro.sh so we can actually do the distro upgrade action (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add support for running the Ubuntu dist upgrade tool (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add PK_FILTER_ENUM_COLLECTIONS and PK_FILTER_ENUM_NOT_COLLECTIONS functionality (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Add documentation about how the udev firmware loading stuff actually works (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added client Python API based on the packagekitwrapper.py (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Python client API - many improvements (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Don't assume /bin/sh supports echo -e (James Westby)
|
||
- Complete handling of local backend directory for test (James Westby)
|
||
- When we have finished RefreshCache delete the udev file if it exists (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the race where firemware is requested by udev and and old file is overwritten (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Actually print the transactions without using --verbose when using pkmon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a proper error enum when we have no more mirrors to try (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't convert null sections of a package_id instead use an empty string (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Turn off -Wformat-security as old gtk-doc generators break the build (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use a bitfield when searching for files in the catalog (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Execute the pk_transaction_run handler in an idle callback (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the catalog list to be split with more than just ; chars (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix up all the memory leaks found by the self tests in src and libpackagekit (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make PkBitfield a 64 bit type now we have 33 group enums (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit custom exit status from PkSpawn so we can tell the exit status (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only return the icon name in PkExtra if it's an icon name, and not an actual icon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- PkExtra is a singleton, so don't error out when we try to reuse it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add GError parameters to all the public functions in PkControl that can fail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Handle inconsistent source repo state (James Westby)
|
||
- apt: Only define the enhanced softwareproperties class if possible (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Disable the sources list repository if it is inconsistent (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add missing support for cdrom sources (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Check the cache at first in doUpdatePackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add support for collections. Based on the metapackages section (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use a dictonary for the section to group mapping (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Make sure that we are can lock the pkg system before installing local packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix path of the reboot-required stamp (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: Make what-provides take some time, and also special case some codec names (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: Make install_files and get_depends a little smarter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Only show the best requires/provides, and remove the package itself (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Better error reporting for install/remove of non-existing package (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Fix progress report bug that was stopping update_system (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add basename_filtering (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Need to reset backend between runs, when using dispatching mode (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Use filters for get_updates (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Set special repo data for installed/local (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Fix unicode decode errors by using a temporary variable (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Avoid looking in external pathlists for installed packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Send more status updates when using dispatcher (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Avoid KeyError when no extra deps (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add yum/yast metapackages group (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add alternative groups from opensuse rpm (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Search for rpm subgroups, if no group matches (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add collections_filtering (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Set special status for collection packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Report get_details error when package not found or in wrong channel (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Report get_fileserror when package not found or in wrong channel (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add mandriva rpm groups (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Sync smart groups with urpmi groups somewhat (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Move emulators to virtualization (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add more rpm groups from opensuse (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Warn the user when installation failed because of bad signatures (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Best error's handle in refresh-cache method (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-detail method now supports package ids list (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-update-details now supports package ids list argument (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-requires now supports package ids list argument (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: resolve now supports package ids list argument (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-files now supports package ids list argument (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-depends now supports package ids list argument (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get_distro_upgrades method implemented (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Start converting methods to a dispatched backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added support for install-packages to install more than one package (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: Disable the YumDirect code, it dont work (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add some code to support metapackage installation (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: More metapackage functionality (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add some percentage to collections (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Remove-packages should not fail on meta package (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make remove-packages handle meta packages (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make get-requires handle meta packages (comps groups) (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Handle unknown group in search-group (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make get-details work with meta-packages (comps groups) (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Now we depend on 3.2.19, rip out YumDirectSQL as we can use yum directly
|
||
rather than fumble about in the sqlite files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add a workaround when getObsoletesTuples fails, fixes fd#17528 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Support the collections group (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle the collections filter like we do all the other filters (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Update the repo location (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Implement fate #301904 to warn for outdated repo (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added get_distro_upgrades (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Reset force flag also if something fails (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-09-08
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is the first release with the dispatcher functionality that allows
|
||
backend reuse. This speeds up packagekitd to native speeds when doing
|
||
repeated similar transactions from the same session and locale.
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated Spanish translation (Domingo Becker)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Updated Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Allow the engine to reuse the backend as a dispatcher (Richard Hughes, Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Optionally auto-run pk-generate-package-list and pk-import-desktop (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Unexport generic functions libpackagekit to avoid pollution (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix pkcon to treat the filters as bitfields, not enums (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check the install_files input before we process it. Fixes fd#17350 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add another error enum for package conflicts (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add instructions for getting PackageKit on Ubuntu (Dimitris Symeonidis)
|
||
- Add the new status enum LOADING_CACHE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix pk-import-desktop so that it uses a valid bitfield, not just an enum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Spawned backends are allowed to call finished manually (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't corrupt envp when we pass it to the new executable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow the backend to force the dispatcher to close after a timeout (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Wait for the previous dispatcher to finish exiting before we try to launch the new one (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the dispatcher when called from different user sessions or locales (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove pk-backend-python and the complicated interpretor stuff (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Give a warning if a package is already installed, and a proper error if all
|
||
packages in the transaction are already installed. Fixes rh#459870 (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Fix udev firmware rule to call the correct script (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- Rename the mime extension so we match service packs (Shishir Goyal)
|
||
- Fix the python enum converter to allow underscores in the value names (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add support for distro upgrades to the dbus backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Implement SearchFile (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement the free filter (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Handle the candidate origin to not break on obsolete packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a custom cache class based on python-apt's consolidate branch (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Import latest debfile from python-apt's consolidate branch (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: The __iter__ now uses a sorted list of the package names (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix section to group mapping for non-main packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement GetDistroUpgrades (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement GetRepoList (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement RepoEnable (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Updates which succeed a security update as a security update (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Acquire the system lock before making any invasive changes (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fail correctly if installing from cdrom (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Detect a cancel in the cache refreshing correctly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Use the correct names if we fail to get the changelog. Fixes fd#17406 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- apt: Remove the localised error descriptions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: Allow for multiple packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add get_packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add RPM/DEB groups (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add get_requires (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add basic status reports (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add more filters, graphical/development/license (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Use filters for depends/requires (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Make packageid work for deb/slack channels (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add search_file (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add what_provides (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add repo_set_data (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Do graphical/development filtering (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Add newest filtering (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Fix packages/depends/requires bug with post filters (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Allow cancel - killing backend (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Show package for download/install (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Don't forget the files signal in smart download (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Don't remove essential packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Avoid bombing out for smart progress updates without packages (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: Optionally allow backend to use dispatcher (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- yum: Use inheritence insted of declaring a helper class (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Cleanup imports (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Use the sqlite3 build into python-2.5 (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add dispatcher script for future improvement of the backend (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Let the yum backend use the new multiple command dispatcher (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Don't always prefer the first package returned from returnNewestByNameArch()
|
||
as this will be i386 on x64 which is wrong on multiarch (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Use the new PACKAGE_CONFLICTS error enum. Fixes rh#459914 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Add GetDistroUpgrades support using the preupgrade package (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Never set self.yumbase.conf.cache = 1 to fix the dispatcher (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum2: Remove the yum2 plugin now we have a fast dispatcher (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Updated pk-matrix (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-08-27
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add new API for GetDistroUpgrades() and ::DistroUpgrade() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change DownloadPackages() so we get the correct SELinux contexts (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change Service Packs extension from .pack to .servicepack (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Set "directory" as an argument for DownloadPackages() (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- Switch to using a guint64 bitfield type (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make PkMessages into proper enumerated types (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make sure the backends are respecting the installed filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the libtar code, and instead use the libarchive library (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix compiling the browser plugins with a new gtk (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't crash the daemon if we never called SetLocale. Fixes fd#17298 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't allow reset (if sync) or cancel in ::Finished() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a memory leak in RemovePackages (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Clarify some documentation about the transaction methods (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Build fix for pk-import-desktop (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Don't crash the 64 bit client tools when the daemon exits (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix compile by adding add locale.h include (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- apt: Add support for Ubuntu supported filter (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix filtering. Was totally broken (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix wrong use of the STATUS_SETUP in doInit() (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: implement GetFiles (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Instead of sending an empty file list for a package send none (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: support the new groups science, doc and electronics (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: do not report the package itself on GetDepends (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement InstallFiles (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Send a message if a newer package exists (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: fix killing hanging installations (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Do not allow to remove essential packages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add method for calling InstallFiles in the dbus backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- conary: update to support {install,remove}-packages (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- conary: more updates to work with 0.3.x series (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- poldek: support multiple package_ids in GetFiles (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: make execute_* functions use va_list (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: fix crash (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: get localized descriptions and summaries (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: removed backend reference count (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: use source name as repo description (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: pass changes to GetUpdateDetail() (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: support documentation group (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- smart: use alias if channel has no name (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: GetDetails should be getDescription (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: match helpers with backend (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: use PackagekitPackage (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: make updatedetail signal compatible with 0.3.X (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: fix InstallFile to make it work for multiple simultaneous packs (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- zypp: finish the switch to PkBitfield (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.3.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-08-18
|
||
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This is the first release of the 0.3.x codebase and it may still have
|
||
regressions when compared to 0.2.4. These will be fixed as a priority.
|
||
- There is a lot of new functionality and many bug fixes in this release.
|
||
- The 0.3.0 branch is not ABI stable, as new API will be added on this branch
|
||
to support new use cases.
|
||
- The 0.2.x branch is ABI and API stable, and the 0.1.x branch is now obsolete.
|
||
|
||
New Features:
|
||
- Add a PackageKit browser plugin (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- Add a README section on testing the plugin (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- Add a profiles page on the website so we can show typical users (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename some of the PolicyKit actions on advice of David Zeuthen (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- GetRole now returns the role and the search parameter or the package name (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a SetLocale method so we can support native localisations (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a libtar build requirement for the new pkgenpack executable (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk-generate-package-list to generate a package list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pkgenpack, a way of packaging up a package and it's deps for installation (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Add 4 new fields to the UpdateDetail callback struct (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new method DownloadPackages() to be able to create ServicePacks (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Added download packages functionality to pkcon (Shishir Goel)
|
||
|
||
Translations:
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation (Matt Domsch)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
Backends:
|
||
- alpm: fix build for 0.3.0 (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Add a first try to implement DownloadPackages. Does not work yet (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add a small script to analyze the HotShot profiling stats (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add mime-type support for WhatProvides (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Add new command line options to the backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Clean up doUpdatePackages () (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Allow to get details of several package ids (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Fix doResolve. Thanks to Martin Pitt for the patch (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: fixes in GetDepends: report packages to be upgraded and installed (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: GetDepends(): Take version requirements into account (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement a basic doGetDepends() (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement codec searching in WhatProvides (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement GetRequires (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement SetLocale (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Implement SetProxy (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: implement the missing doUpdatePackages() method (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- apt: Provide more details about updates (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Report packages that are upgradable but cannot be upgraded (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Show license information based on the repositories (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt: Support string array of package names in doResolve (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: add some more functionality to the dummy backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: properly emulate package_ids for get_update_detail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- opkg: fix some memory leak issue (I-Fan, Chen)
|
||
- PiSi: compile with 0.3 changes (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- poldek: build fix (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: implement DownloadPackages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- razor: add an experimental razor backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- razor: add initial functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- razor: add Resolve() functionality (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- razor: add SearchName and SearchDescription (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- razor: add the devel filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- smart: change packageid to packageids (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- smart: use smart status flags. Fixes #16525 (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: Improve download error handling in installation method (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: add a nice class to access the yum sqlite database directly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: add Bohdi ID to the UpdateDetail if available. Fixes RH#457358 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: add the SericePack decompressing code (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- yum: allow more than one package to be removed in one transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: don't show a backtrace if we try to install a zero byte rpm (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix an error message which can lead to printf breakage in the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix the DownloadPackages call to give useful output (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix the GetDepends call to match on installed before available (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix the Resolve call with multiple packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix up DownloadPackages for the yum backend (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- yum: fix up GetRequires and GetDepends to do the filtering in the backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix up the GPG key method since the yum API changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: return all packages when we do GetPackages() rather than just the newest (Richard Hugh
|
||
- yum: abstract out the filtering stuff (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: support passing more than one package_id to GetUpdateDetail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: tidy up yumBackend and use yumComps, yumDirect and yumProgress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: added driver search for new hardware (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added relogin-flag for patches (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changes for new api (Wang Hoi)
|
||
- zypp: changes for zypp 5.4.0 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: change to return all restart_suggested patches not just the first one (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp match the libzypp updates for listing repos (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: pk_backend_require_restart will be send when needed (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
Bindings:
|
||
- C: Bump the soname as we changed ABI some time ago (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- C: Rename some source files and be more militant with const (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- C: Don't use-after-free in pk_task_list_status_changed_cb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- C: Export libpackagekit with -export-dynamic. Fixes fd#16991 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- C: Correct the 'over the wire' enum for update-packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- python: Import new python frontend bindings (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- python: Use glib mainloop for running (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- python: Make Resolve and GetDetails return easy-to-use dicts, not tuples (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- python: Add generic wrapper call that takes a dict of callbacks to connect (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- python: Wrap dbus calls so that they attempt to obtain the right privilages (Aidan Skinner)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Use org.freedesktop.PackageKit session service (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Call gnome_desktop_item_set_launch_time() with value from event (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
- browser-plugin: Switch launching from gnome-desktop to GAppInfo (Owen W. Taylor)
|
||
|
||
Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fixed a typo in policy file (Daniel Nicoletti)
|
||
- Fix building with -Wformat-security. Fixes fd#16431 (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- Changed the required version of dbus-glib to 0.76 (Patrick Niklaus)
|
||
- Add the EulaRequired signal to the dbus python backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Check the package_id for UTF8 validity (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't optimise for the common case in pk-import-desktop (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new helper class for talking to an embedded python instance (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a small memory leak in pk_engine_transaction_list_changed_cb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't leak the package_ids in pk_transaction_get_update_detail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- AllowCancel(FALSE) is allowed when we are finished, but not TRUE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't print out '%' chars on the console from python exceptions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Properly match local files correctly so we don't try to resolve them (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- WhatProvides has a free form search string that we need to check (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check for a zero destination in the unix network code. Fixes rh#453531 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some convenience helpers for managing ISO8601 dates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use g_key_file_* in pkgenpack as we need to use a group name (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check service pack's compatibility with the distro before installing it (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Don't blacklist apostrophe characters. Fixes rh#459155 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check for write access on the directory we are downloading into (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix broken DownloadPackages in the DBus backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Submit the filters to the doGetDepends method in the python backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Implement SetLocale in the python dbus backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add a --with-package-list option to pkgenpack to make it useful (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Add a metadata.conf file while creating the pack (Shishir Goel)
|
||
- Fix the configure check for libtar.h (Val L)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.2.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-07-04
|
||
|
||
* Backends
|
||
- alpm: fixed critical error in package_source_free (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixed install_packages (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added download notification support for install_packages (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixes related to local/installed things change (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added get_cancel (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added get_depends (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added get_updates, added get_update_detail (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- conary: updated the get_details call (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- poldek: install all suggested packages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: implement percentage for installing / updating (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: now GetUpdateDetail returns obsoleted packages too (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- smart: use smart status flags, fixes fd#16525 (Anders F Bjorklund)
|
||
- urpmi: fix installation of more than one package (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: in remove-packages.pl (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: update-packages of the urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added update-system implementation (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: get-updates now take care of update importance (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- yum: implemented the newest filter (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: added newest support to group-search and get_packages (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: use the proper package group when we do ::Details() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: limit the error text to 1024 chars. fixes rh#450594 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: allow more than one package to be removed in one transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: methods should have 'self' as the first argument, fixes rh#451458 (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- zypp: roll in zypp backend from openSUSE branch (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: change to return all restart_suggested patches not just the first one (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
* Translations
|
||
- Updated Catalan translation (Xavier Conde)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add PkCatalog for installing catalogs of applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a mime handler for .catalog files (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix building with -Wformat-security, fixes fd#16431 (Martin Pitt)
|
||
- Make pk_client_get_package() actually work (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't convert stdout from the C locale to UTF-8 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add Catalan locale to LINGUAS -- fixes fd#451550 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Properly document the method and signal descriptions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the permissions of the cron helper, fixes rh#451870 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check all the internal and public functions with flawfinder (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check the package_id for utf8 validity (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't use-after-free in pk_task_list_status_changed_cb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Audit the use of FIXME and TODO and fix up some of the issues (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update release with typo fixes, new step, and new version #s (Robin Norwood)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.2.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-06-05
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- alpm: fixed backend_remove_packages (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- apt: Replace the apt backend by the apt2 one, since the former one is deprecated (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Always perform a normal upgrade instead of dist-upgrade in doUpdateSystem (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: do not segfault if xapian is not available. Perform a test during init (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: implement GetPackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Update the FAQ to represent the GetPackages support (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Implement resolve. Update documentation accordingly (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Fix RemovePackages in the daemon backend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Fix doRemovePackages and doInstallPackages (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: use the async wrapper from the daemonDBus instead of our own (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- dummy: add subpercentage support into the dummy backend when installing packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- dummy: add an multiline example (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- urpmi: Added perl_packagekit perl modules (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get-updates method (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get-update-detail.pl (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added refresh-cache.pl to URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added install-packages.pl in URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added remove-packages method to URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get-groups method in URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added search-group method to URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get_filters method in URPMI backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get-packages method for urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added get-requires method for urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added search-details method for urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added search-file method in urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added resolve method for urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Added update-packages method in urpmi backend (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Fix a bug when package description contains a tab (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- urpmi: Another fix in get-details when xml_info_file doest not exists (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- opkg: Adding group message to get-details (I-Fan, Chen)
|
||
- opkg: support new error handling from libopkg (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: send status and package signals during progress updates (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: support multiple packages in install and remove (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: update error checking for install and update methods (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: update to use new package corrupt error enum (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- poldek: implement WhatProvides (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: implement GetGroups. Now user can search group (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: recognize and set correct PkInfoEnum for security updates (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: fix crash in Resolve method (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: fix RemovePackages to remove more than one package (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: fix InstallPackages to install more than one package (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: backport the skip broken stuff from yum2 to improve the interaction a little (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: only attempt to install .rpm files rather than all types of packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: correct the name of remove_packages as this won't have worked for a little while (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: convert ';' chars in update description in to ','. Fixes rh#447347 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: improve the 'Missing Dependency:' detailed output a smidgin (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: be more specific when we specify a package to yumbase. Fixes rh#447767 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: when we searchNevra make sure we pass in the arch to try to fix rh#447957 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fallback to i686 for i386 arch packages to prevent warning the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum2: fix RemovePackages to work with more than one package_id (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum2: fix reporting of details from yumbase, just like we did for the yum backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Clean up a couple of error messages (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Fix exception name (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: keyData['fingerprint'] is a method, not a string (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Convert fingerprint into hex (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: We never want to show self.txt (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- zypp: rotate logs #BNC390339 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed #BNC392435 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added copyright stuff again (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added source filter support (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: require libzypp 4.25.0 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Fix transaction db path to use current dir when using --enable-local (Duncan Mac-Vicar P)
|
||
- zypp: remove the localised text that crept into the backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Translations
|
||
- Updated German translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Initial Hungarian translation (Peter Sulyok)
|
||
- Updated Polish translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add pk_package_obj_copy() and allow freeing a NULL PkPackageObj without going boom (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow setting 101 for backends for sub-percentages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_package_list_add_obj() and pk_package_list_contains_obj() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow passing environment parameters to pk_spawn_argv (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add support for http and ftp proxy servers in the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow adding and removing multiple packages at one time with pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the source filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow proxy_http and proxy_ftp to be NULL in the DBUS backend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add another convenience function, egg_strreplace() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some notes on howto do the release, as Robin is going to do the next one (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_package_list_add_list() convenience function (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_client_get_package_list() (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Babysit the DBUS backends and do Init() again it when they crash (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add API to PkPackageList to enable sorting by package_id, summary or PkInfoEnum (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add Rice BSD license (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add Qhull license (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add a new error enum for corrupt packages (Thomas Wood)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Use pk_client_install_packages() in pkcon (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- Add some updated copyright attributions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a backtrace when we use refresh-packagekit.py with an old daemon. Fixes rh#446331 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore duplicate Package() calls from backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make sure we reset the resolve client before we try to reuse it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the get-actions, get-filters and get-groups output prettier (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Actually check for NM before we try to use it in the networking code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Support RefusedByPolicy on the base interface too (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only try to install local files if they are files, not files or folders (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ref and unref the PkClient in pk_client_finished_cb() if we do unref in ::finished (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Newline is a valid char, else the update descriptions look bad (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Preventative fix as in theory we could do ::Finished and then Wait:: (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't ignore ::Finished() if we warn the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If the transaction has been queued but not run, just remove from the list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- If we've finished the transaction, don't allow it to be cancelled -- (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- In PkClient don't do a NULL dereference when we try to set an error when not reset (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a compile warning (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- Remove "nonzero MTU" check and skip "loopback" interface checking (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.2.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-05-09
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- alpm: added backend_search_group (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added more group mapping (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixes backend_install_files stuff moved to another thread (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- box: build fix (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- opkg: add a package callback in remove_packages (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: implement GetDetails using new opkg api (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: update to latest opkg api (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- zypp: added repo-name for gpg-handling (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: check for network before refreshing (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed backend to handle package arrays (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: refresh the repos before checking for updates (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- xypp: fix build breakage after 'change some methods to accept more than one param' (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- poldek: build fix (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- pisi: fix build breakage (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
|
||
* Translations
|
||
- Fixed a typo in the Russian translation (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add pk_backend_set_array so we can save trivial data arrays (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change some methods to accept more than one parameter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
InstallPackage(s) -> InstallPackages(as)
|
||
RemovePackage(s) -> RemovePackages(as)
|
||
InstallFile(s) -> InstallFiles(as)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Correct the gtk-doc markup so the ::details signal is descibed properly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix manpage build, make it cross-distro (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.2.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-05-06
|
||
|
||
* Cool new stuff
|
||
- Tons of new help and example code
|
||
- New faster transaction DBUS interface
|
||
- Transiflex integration for new translations
|
||
- EULA and GPG signature callback support
|
||
|
||
* Caveats
|
||
- This is the first (read: unstable) release of a new codebase - 0.1.11 is more stable.
|
||
- There's a ton of new functionality that has only had light testing.
|
||
- Importing multiple GPG keys or EULAs in one transaction breaks horribly.
|
||
|
||
* Translations
|
||
- Add Dutch translation (Arnout Lok)
|
||
- Add Hebrew translation (Alon Zakai)
|
||
- Add Serbian and Serbian Latin translation (Goran Rakic)
|
||
- Add Brazilian Portugese translation (Igor Pires Soares)
|
||
- Add Russian translation (Ivan Ignatyev)
|
||
- Add Italian translation (Daniele Costarella)
|
||
- Add Spanish translation (Javier Castro)
|
||
- Add Slovak translation (Lubomir Kundrak)
|
||
- Add French translation (Marc-André Lureau)
|
||
- Add Norwegian Bokmaal translation (Mats Taraldsvik)
|
||
- Add Polish Translation (Piotr Drąg)
|
||
- Add german translation (Stephan Sachse)
|
||
- Add Finnish translation (Ville-Pekka Vainio)
|
||
- Add a czech translation (Vojtěch Smejkal)
|
||
- Add simplified Chinese translation (jcome)
|
||
- Unknown translation (Dimitris Glezos)
|
||
- Unknown translation (Fabian Affolter)
|
||
- Unknown translation (Francesco Tombolini)
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- alpm: Changes related to new alpm (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Fix compilation on 64-bit configurations (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: finished parse_config, added resolve method for local dbs, fixed repo-list (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: improvements in search functions (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: updated backend_install_file (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: implemented backend_search_name (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: some fixes in backend_refresh_cache (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added backend_get_description (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: fixes for refresh_cache, partially reformatted to follow the coding standards (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added backend_get_packages (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: added backend_get_files (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: improvements in backend_resolve, find_packages_by_name (Valeriy Lyasotskiy)
|
||
- alpm: Fixed alpm make fail (Andrea Scarpino)
|
||
- box: fixed broken search function (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- conary: Use the new style get_package_update for install and remove (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- conary: First stab at searchByGroup using DB (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- conary: Another pass at adding group searching (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- conary: Look up group list from map (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- opkg: update opkg backend to use new libopkg api (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: include pk-backend-internal.h for PK_BACKEND macro (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: fix uninitialised variable warning (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: add some checks for NULL search parameters (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: add missing backend reference for callbacks (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- pisi: Use pk_backend_is_online instead of pk_network_is_online (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- poldek: break UpdatePackages when an error occurs (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: add GetPackages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: add UpdateSystem (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: warn user about problems with connecting to the server (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: when an error occurs try to recognize which enum would be the most suitable (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Fix a bug in _get_update_extras caused by invalid tab->space conversion (rh#304527) (Luke Macken)
|
||
- yum: Use our local 'title' variable instead of from the ref in _get_update_extras (Luke Macken)
|
||
- yum: add devel filtering in get-repo-list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: use the filter in get-depends, else we tell the user we are going to download files
|
||
that already exist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix GetPackages, and connect it up to the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: forward port the repo filtering form yum1 to yum2 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: fix basename sorting so that we still show packages even if they do not produce a rpm as the
|
||
- yum: update status in the faq (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: improve the BASENAME filter by preferably matching against packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: some fixes to the yumBackend.py trusted code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: add a warning when we are installing remote unsigned files
|
||
- yum: catch a case where we can't load the comps list (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Handle cache errors for yum backend by rebuilding the cache and trying again (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Set default throttle to 90% (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Change from network error to repo error when we cannot connect to a repository (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Fix some error messages (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Catch errors when checking for updated packages during install_file method (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Fix for bug #443341 - RefreshYumcache not defined (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Since we disable existing repos, we have to manually init pkgSack. Yuck (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Add several checks when installing a local package (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Fix error messages for new install-file error cases (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Fix duplicates in search lists (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: update_system should set AllowCancel to True at first - it will be set to False later (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- zypp: fix error check when calling pk_backend_error_code more than once (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: emit error on bad option to set repo data. rip redundant code (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: fix logic check to match version AND arch. Fixes BNC# 378591 (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: clean up reads of freed mem pointed out by valgrind (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: fix up group searching and start fixing arch filtering (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: dont call pk_backend_finished twice (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: show right size for packages (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: add the install_signature backend method, and reorder the methods (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added digest callbacks (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: corrected wrong order of backend options (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: remove multiple calls of pk_backend_error_code (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: removed unnecessary pk_backend_finished (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed libzypp logging stuff (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added possibility to change the priority of a repo (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed RpmDB access (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed segfault in getRequires (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fix for getRequires the 2nd (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: cleanup zypp_get_packages_by_file (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changes for zypp 4.10.0 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: make search group faster (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed segfault (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: removed code duplication in backend_get_updates_thread (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: set pk_status and add patches for installing (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: rearrange groups and make it compile again (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added GetPackages to zypp-Backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed GetPackages (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed get_updates and get_update_detail (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added license handling stuff (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: building buzilla & cve links like in dummy-backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: logical error in license-handling (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: build whole in get_requires (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: look for the right arch (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed license-handling (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed conversion from rpm-groups to pk-groups (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added filter support to search_group (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added general way for filter support (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: removed code duplication (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added install-file to the backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added install-file to zypp-backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed BNC# 381698 and maked it even faster (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added install-file to zypp-backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fixed BNC# 381697 and BNC# 381698 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added arch filter to backend (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changes for zypp 4.14.0, needed for reboot-flag (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: better error-messages when refreshing repositories (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: reset the status of a poolitem if installation fails (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added summary to install callback (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: changed filter behaviour to accept more then one (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: look also for patches (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: alter db schema. add categories from changesets (Stu Gott)
|
||
- zypp: Fixups for category code (Stu Gott)
|
||
- zypp: caching update code (Stu Gott)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Transaction id is now a dbus path (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the install_signature backend method (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Watch for all changes on the config file, to properly detect rpm upgrades (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add per-backend instance getters and setters to PkBackend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a simple thread handler in PkBackend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make pkcon be cleverer when doing the moving bars - hopefully it's more sane now (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename some commands in pkcon, allow a --filter parameter, and only show entries we can do in the
|
||
help text (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't allow org.freedesktop.packagekit.install-signature to be retained (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Disable ptrace() and core dumping for applications which use libpackagekit so that local trojans
|
||
cannot silently abuse privileges (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a role to allow us to accept a eula (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk_backend_accept_eula and pk_backend_is_eula_valid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add more status enums for downloading cache types (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a make snapshot target for rpm builds (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the udev rules for telling PackageKit we need firmware (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the ARCH filter so we can match native and non-native archs in search results (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add SuggestDaemonQuit to politely ask the daemon to quit as soon as possible (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a 'reason' parameter to StateHasChanged (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add 'zlib with acknowledgement' license tag (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add VOSTROM public license (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add xerox license to 'free' list (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add repo configuration error enum (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Don't inhibit by default. THIS MEANS BACKENDS SHOULD CALL pk_backend_set_allow_cancel(FALSE) if
|
||
they need to inhibit at startup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Move PkNetwork into src (as it can use the dbus interface) and make building a unix backend to
|
||
fallback to for NM missing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check that install, remove and update emit package(), and if not, report a warning (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Little fix in doc (Aurelien Lefebvre)
|
||
- Fix several small memory leaks (James Antill)
|
||
- Fix compiling PackageKit with GCC2 (Jens Granseuer)
|
||
- Friendlier message for "permission denied" (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Raise the PolicyKit dep to 0.8 (Patrick Niklaus)
|
||
- Don't warn the user about the system dbus when we are just prevented from connecting (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't let GIO start it's own session bus: gnome#526454 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't allow a backend to use pk_backend_repo_signature_required more than once (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only fire the transaction-list-changed signal _after_ the other handlers have run (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Disconnect the backend connections straight away, as the PkTransaction object takes time to
|
||
timeout and we don't want to warn when we try to process on multiple fast objects (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send a nag message when backends send unknown error (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only connect the backend signals when the transaction is running, not wen it is queued (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the cancel warning when the transaction is long gone, and add some unit tests to make sure it
|
||
can't happen in the future (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't error out with 'Package is not installed' when getting requires of a not-installed
|
||
package. Fixes rh#442221 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- 95packagekit should be executable when installed. fixes rh#442286 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't allow org.freedesktop.packagekit.install-file to be retained (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make sure we set the verbose state in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Emit a custom error when there is a file conflict (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check for valid UTF8 in pk_strsafe() to avoid crashing the daemon on invalid input (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow adding a package with NULL summary to the packagelist (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Wait for network to come back up before refreshing after a suspend. fixes rh#442166 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Convert the unused metadata signals into status signals. Now we get nice UI feedback (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a metric ton of translation issues (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correct an error enum when we failed to install a local file. rh#443235 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't rely on a space to seporate the command list, as this breaks installing local files from
|
||
directories with spaces in them. fixes rh#443235 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Properly handle exceptions rather than using customTracebackHandler. fixes rh#443342 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Peporate the PolicyKit roles into trusted and untrusted for local file installs (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the test DBUS backend run due to a changed constant name (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix pk_va_list_to_argv so that it splits lines with spaces as seporate entries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- get_groups and get_filters are not compulsory, don't assert if they are not present (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Return a specific error code when we fail to get auth. fixes rh#443551 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When we find a package by it's repo id, make sure we take into account the NEVRA _and_ the
|
||
repo_id. Fixes rh#443976 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Protect against running an old daemon with new client tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Get the default parameters from the config file, rather than hardcoding it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Massively simplify PkExtra; we can keep all the data hot in memory (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename GetDescription to GetDetails (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename the Description signal to Details (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make sure we disconnect any pending signals in pk_backend_reset (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add generated files to make clean target (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Purge ERROR_INTERNAL_ERROR from all backends (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Fix enum names (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- fix logic so package_ids are actually cached (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- Compile fix for not NETWORK_MANAGER (Tick)
|
||
- Remove unneeded sourcing from the pm-utils script (Till Maas)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.11
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-04-05
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- conary: Added update (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- poldek: Implement 'newest' filter (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- yum: Don't mention yum so much in the detailed error text. rh#440701
|
||
- yum: Fix YumBaseError message handling in _runYumTransaction (Luke Macken)
|
||
- yum: Extended repo_signature_required and implemented new signature-install method (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Fix one char at a line messages (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Make get-requires pkg return the packages there need to removed if pkg is removed (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Rewrite the yum search functions so that we filter out available packages. rh#440122 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Copy the basename filtering from yum2 into yum. rh#440066 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Replace unicode decoding errors with question marks. rh#439764 (Luke Macken)
|
||
- yum: Fixed traceback in install_file. rhbz #439728 (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Fix 'No package to instal' typo, fixes rh#439778 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Correct some grammar pointed out in rh#439780 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum2: Remove file extensions from the MetaDataMap (Luke Macken)
|
||
- yum2: Set NoPercentageUpdates when doing a dep resolve (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Added rpm-exceptions (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Make more verbose if resolution failed (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Changes for libzypp 4.7.0 (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Check for valid package names before emitting. BNC#372429 (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add a hash table into PkExtra so we can see if the query is likely to succeed
|
||
- This reduces the profile time from 340ms to 69ms on my machine (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make libgbus send a signal when something is replaced on the bus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- The daemon will quit when the conf file is changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new DBUS interface org.freedesktop.PackageKit.Notify so we can get system wide
|
||
notifications from PackageKit, without having to bodge PkClient to do this for us (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the NEWEST filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the API of GetRepoList(void) to GetRepoList(filter) (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Use BUFSIZ chunks of memory in PkSpawn to use the entire page of memory (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make PkRestart and PkConf use the same config file logic (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Correct some problems after Matthias' daemon review (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Constify *_get_type, it's top of the profile and could be unrolled (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix 'No package to instal' typo. rh#439778 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Install pk-import-* into libexec as they are not meant to be run by users (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Display why the pk-import-* tools fail to open the PkExtra database. rh#439738 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Resolve the path before passing it to the backend. rh#439692 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When the backend has finished, manually set the allow cancel to FALSE (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Set the backend exit code to canceled when we cancel the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- When asked to cancel, send ::set-allow-cancel(false) to update UI elements (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Warn when we are doing PkClient actions when we don't need to (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update the dummy backend to be able to test the client tools (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Ignore some errors like 'Already finished' when we try to cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Cancel a running client transaction if we try to reset it (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Be more paranoid about sqlite status (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix 'pkcon get repos' by actually waiting for the return value (Klaus Kämpf)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.10
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-03-28
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- apt2: Allow to cancel SearchName, SearchDetails and GetUpdates (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Move the threaded decorator to the module (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Add a decorator for functions that need to lock the cache (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Fix the total progress bar for all actions (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- box: Implemented backend_update_packages (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- conary: Add stub for search-group (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- opkg: Fix search name (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- poldek: Add poldek backend (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Make GetRequires and GetDepends use the filter parameter (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Force unique package names and use the new PkFilter code (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Add GetUpdateDetail (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Make GetRequires use recursive for installed packages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Improve percentage updates in UpdatePackages (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- poldek: Don't try to update blocked package (Marcin Banasiak)
|
||
- smart: Get the C file compiling again (James Bowes)
|
||
- yum: Handle yum.Errors.GroupsError fd:#14906 (Debarshi Ray)
|
||
- yum: Added what-provides support (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum : Cleanup install_file and use code in current yum instead (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: Use the forked decorator in more places (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- yum2: Send INFO_BLOCKED signal for packages that were not updated (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Add UpdatePackages method for future use (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Maybe implement cancel correctly (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Reset progress bar so percentage feedback is correct (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Make InstallFile bail out on a src.rpm (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: Fix Cancel() action (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: What-provides (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum(2): Handle problem with getting repo data in a better way (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum(2): Make install-file send a message if a newer file exits (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum(2): Emit dep-resolve when doing dep resolving (James Bowes)
|
||
- yum(2): Use status enum TEST_COMMIT and SIG_CHECK (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: Update zypp status and fix crash (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: GetRequires is now also usable for uninstalled packages (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added GetUpdateDetail (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Changed opensuse to real vendor of the package (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Unitized commit process and added Update System (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Changed install-algorithm and connected KeyRing-Callback (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Require new libzypp 4.6 (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Remove the description causing markup parse errors (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Added update_packages (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added what-provides (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Don't queue StateHaschanged to fix rh:436840 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Disable the cron script by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT to find a few bugs in the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Document PkClient with gtk-doc (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't queue duplicate GetUpdates in the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a filter parameter to GetRequires and GetDepends to fix fd:14838 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use the backend user in the dbus configuration files (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Add a sensible error for installing source packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add another status enum so we can do the 'waiting' UI elements better (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Increase speed of pk-import-desktop by an order of magnitude (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Log to a file if we have TransactionLogging specified (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add PackageKitThread class which enhances the Thread class (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Make pkcon when we have multiple possible packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make libpackagekit force WAIT when the transaction is queued (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Turn UpdatePackage() into UpdatePackages() - this allows coolness (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add RepoListChanged when a repo is added, removed or changed (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix segmentation fault in pk-import-desktop fd:14920 (Debarshi Ray)
|
||
- Changed signal PK_BACKEND_REPO_SIGNATURE_REQUIRED to avoid a segfault (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- Don't SIGABRT when trying to run a second instance of the daemon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Protect pk_strsafe against NULL text (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Fix many sparse warnings and small memory leaks (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Backend Unicode handling improvements (Luke Macken)
|
||
- Remove the stderr path for the backends as they sometimes get unsynchronised (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix bashisms in autogen.sh (Alex Converse)
|
||
- Fix so that authentication requirements are consistent (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Add --enable-developer to fix developer warnings rh:439216 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only enable time remaining calculations it if PK_IS_DEVELOPER is set (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't set the STATUS_CANCEL state in the backend, do it in the runner (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Manually flush the output rather than relying on python to do it for us (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.9
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-03-04
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- apt2: Add a simple profiler and a test script (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: add Refresh, InstallPackage, RemovePackage, UpdateSystem (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Implement SearchDetails using the xapian database (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: unlock the backend after reopening the cache (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: Adapt new basename filter API change (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- opkg: Call no percentage updates before the install thread starts (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: Make description search case insensitive (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: Implement search_group method (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: Consolidate search threads into one function and implement description search (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: Pass allow_deps and autoremove flags to libopkg (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: protect against packages not found in the package hash (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- yum2: Add an experimental InstallPublicKey method (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Add a timeout on the yum dbus backend (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Add skip_broken flag to update the system even if there are dep errors (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Fix error code when package is not found for install (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Make caching more lazy for certain calls (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Over DBUS, we don't need to use semicolons instead of newlines (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Make install and update handle multiple packages (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- zypp: Assign the right group to a package (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Changed backend to use sat::solvables (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: fix to build with newer libzyp (4.2.9) (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Minor changes because of changes in the zypp api (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add another error constant: cannot-cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new configuration option --with-backend-user (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- Added a new filter 'basename' to the list of allowed filter types and use with GetUpdate (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the PackageKit actions localised, and generally enable gettext (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add autoremove boolean to the PackageRemove method (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Change the daemonBackend to fork to perform actions (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Use colour on the terminal to help me debug warnings and errors (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Change the daemonBackend to fork to perform actions (Rob Norwood)
|
||
- Use Python's logging instead of print statements in the daemonBackend (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix packagekitd startup failure due to NetworkManager (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the backends use a common interface and path (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clean up dbus config files (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Run intltoolize in the autogen.sh script (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Make the PkClient gobjects return GError (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Keep PolKitContext object up to date when we authorise (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some icons and vendor_url's to the policykit actions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Remove the artificial 1024 char limit on error_code messages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add more checks to ensure we can't output data after we called error-code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Initial version of packagekit cron support for headless servers (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't try to set an error if we cancel an unused transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Properly detect NoPercentageUpdates at startup (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fixed possible GError segfault in the client library (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.8
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-02-21
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- apt: some random fixes to get it work again (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: initial work on a dbus based backend introduced as apt2 (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: implement GetDetails (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: fix SearchName (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- apt2: fix a typo in GetUpdates (Sebastian Heinlein)
|
||
- yum: check for missing package in GetUpdateDetail call (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: change throttling policy: at init, change to 90%, throttle to 60% for UpdateSystem call (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Refresh the yum cache when it is determined to be invalid (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum: Make _refresh_yum_cache and RefreshCache work similarly (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- yum2: Added test script to call most of the YumBackend methods (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: Fixed unicode decode error in SearchDetails (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: add call to _check_init there check if Init() has been called (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: added GetPackages(filters) DBus method (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- zypp: libzypp >= 4.2.3 is now needed (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added SearchFiles (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added SearchDetails (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: Added GetRequires (Stefan Haas)
|
||
- zypp: added missing stuff of GetDetails (Stefan Haas)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Allow pkcon to actually remove dependancies on user prompt (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some FAQ text on user interaction during the transaction (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the ServicePack functionality - no backends support it yet (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Enforce that finished is sent 500ms after error_code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some more self checks to PkBackend (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the supported filter to search for supported packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Unload nicely on ctrl-c - including closing down the backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a tricky crash (use after unref) in pk_client_finished_cb (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use pk_client_set_synchronous() in pkcon to remove loads of code (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Use $VAR$ syntax in makefiles, not @VAR@ (Stepan Kasal)
|
||
- Do not list check_PROGRAMS again in noinst_PROGRAMS (Stepan Kasal)
|
||
- Remove the dbus at_console rule for the backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Try harder to get a translation when we have stored a base locale (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add finalizer for libgbus to free some memory on unload (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Clear the hash when we reset PkClient, else we fail to show repeat search results (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.7
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-02-14
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- apt: update to latest API (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: add get_updates and get_update_detail (Michael Vogt)
|
||
- apt: cleanup of Package class, by making it a subclass of apt.Package (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: make sure ordering of versions is installed one first (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: add initial hacky install-file support (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: add recursion to get-depends (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: add repo enable (Tom Parker)
|
||
- box: ported to the new API (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- ipkg: remove ipkg backend as it has been superseded by opkg (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: forward opkg messages through PackageKit (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: compare the current and previous urls properly during cache refresh
|
||
- download progress callback
|
||
- opkg: hook into download progress when updating package lists (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: hook into download progress callback when installing packages (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- opkg: implement get_groups function (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- conary: implement update_detail (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- conary: provide summary data (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- conary: query the correct troveSource when getting the files list (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- conary: Added get-update-detail (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- yum: several utf-8 encoding fixes (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: fix search-file to be much faster (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: fixed ERROR_SIGNATURE_NOT_IMPORTED traceback (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: added get-packages and make the yum backend more resistant to UTF-8 decoding (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum2: merge in a new backend that uses the dbus service activation.
|
||
It does not work yet (Tim Lauridsen, Robin Norwood, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- zypp: move to PkBackendThread (Scott Reeves)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Use a single instance backend. This allows us to keep processes open over
|
||
transactions, and should allow us to speed things up an order of magnitude
|
||
in the future (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add PkExtra and PkExtraObj gobjects to retrieve extra metadata from a
|
||
system store (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add client side filtering support so we can trivially strip out the correct
|
||
package when we have it installed and available in many repos (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a cancelling state, as cancelling will take some time (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a specspo import utility to get translations from specspo (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a .desktop import utility for icons and translated summaries (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Rationalise the AllowCancel nomenclature and make it standard throughout -
|
||
this should fix lots of bugs where the cancel button was the wrong state in
|
||
client applications (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Rename ENUM_PROCESS_QUIT to ENUM_TRANSACTION_CANCELLED (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Allow building more than one backend for a system (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a new method that lets us search for items in an enumerated list
|
||
with a priority (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Raise an exception if an action is attempted on an unlocked python
|
||
daemon backend (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- More en_UK to en_US fixes in comments (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- The dbus interface and path should be common between backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Make the experimental dbus backend asyncronous (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Warn the user the security framework name is invalid (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Improve gtk-doc support (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Check (and warn) for percentages bigger than 100% (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.6
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2008-01-18
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- ipkg: use threads for refresh cache and get description functions (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: Implement remove package function (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: Implement install package (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: implement initial get_updates function (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: move get_depends function into a thread (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: protect against NULL user input (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: do not run init and destroy functions more times than required (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: add backend_update_package function (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: improve devel filter (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: implement update system function (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- ipkg: Add Installed, Development and GUI filter support (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- yum: implemented vendor_url for urls not bugzilla or cve (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Implemented bugzilla_url, cve_url, vendor_url in GetUpdateDetails (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: make the updates severity work and show all 3 types (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: fix missing package signals when downloading packages with '-' in names (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: fix percent not shown if the bump is < 1% (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: make get-update-detail work better and dont brake on missing update metadata (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: catch RepoError in get-updates and submit ERROR_NO_CACHE to frontend (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: make Yum Traceback send the right values to the frontend (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add initial ipkg backend (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Add the visible filter (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some more info and group enums (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Replace the UpdateDetail url parameter with vendor, bugzilla, cve (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add PK_STATUS_ENUM_FINISHED when we are just watching status (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a pm-utils hook so we can drop caches and check for updates on resume (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- First stab at daemonizing the yum backend (Robin Norwood)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Only do the 100 limit count on emitted packages, not on searched packages.
|
||
This bug becomes evident when using a couple of filters and searching a large number
|
||
of package_ids (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- An empty url list should be empty, not 'none' (Richard Hughes, Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Use $(LIBTOOL) rather than hardcoding libtool filename to prevent problems
|
||
when cross compiling (Thomas Wood)
|
||
- Add details about what we are winging about in the daemon messages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Include pk-apt-search.h in the tarball to fix fd:13406 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Capture and show the Message() in pkmon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Only look for helpers and the config file in a local root if we have configured
|
||
with --enable-local to make people less uneasy with path globbing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Finish removing filelist from package description (James Bowes)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.5
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-12-21
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- apt: Commit a general cleanup patch (Michael Vogt's)
|
||
- apt: Add GetRepoList support (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: Fix resolution of not installed packages (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: Do recursive requires (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: Add GetRequires and GetDepends (Tom Parker)
|
||
- apt: Reduce whining about lack of status messages (Tom Parker)
|
||
- conary: Add better exception handling (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- conary: Add some extra sanity checks (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- pisi: Provide status information (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- yum: Add support for the "free" filter (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- zypp: Added initial stab at backend_get_updates() for zypp backend (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: Add RemovePackage (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: SearchName will return both installed and available packages (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: Query the SQL database directly and instead just query the cached
|
||
repository information (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: Added some sub_progress information for general repo events (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: Add Refresh cache method (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Add exception handler so unhandled exceptions are sent as a error signal to
|
||
packagekit (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Fully re-integrate sqlite search backend for apt - we've now reintegrated
|
||
everything from apt.old, so we're dropping that at the same time (Tom Parker)
|
||
- Add me, Tim Lauridsen, S.Çağlar Onur, Ken VanDine and Elliot Peele to the
|
||
authors html page (All)
|
||
- Document a whole lot more with gtk-doc and generate some HTML (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a bugreport script so we can get info about the system (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add generic licence parsing and add all the enums (Robin Norwood)
|
||
|
||
* API changes:
|
||
- Add in a 'free' filter enum to filter non-free and free packages (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- PackageKitExceptions now include the original DBusException (Tom Parker)
|
||
- Use the correct bus name and object path in the yum plugin (Luke Macken)
|
||
- Fix PackageKit to build against PolicyKit 0.7 (Matthias Clasen)
|
||
- Change from 'licence' to 'license' throughout (Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Check the user is root before we run packagekitd (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Do the threading correctly in the threaded backends (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- waf: Fix x86_64 build, missing -fPIC (Gustavo Carneiro)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.4
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-11-26
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- yum: Mark our status as QUERY when we have finished setting up the
|
||
transaction so we get the correct icon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- yum: Improved yum UpdateMetadata handling for reboot-suggested (Luke Macken)
|
||
- conary: Add GetFiles (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- conary: Enable Cancel (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- conary: Add Resolve support (Elliot Peele)
|
||
- conary: Added new python files to distfiles (Ken VanDine)
|
||
- zypp: add initial backend code (Boyd Timothy, Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Add GetRepoList (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: emit the correct status from the backend (Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- zypp: Add InstallPackage method (Boyd Timothy, Scott Reeves)
|
||
- zypp: Query SQL database to resolve names (Scott Reeves)
|
||
- box: set Status more often (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- box: Remove all the shell helpers and use C implementations (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Lots more waf build system updates - it now builds and installs 100%
|
||
but requires waf from svn (Gustavo Carneiro, Daniel Svensson, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add the requires check before remove in pkcon (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Monitor when the calling program exits from the system bus (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- waf: Add unit test reporting in waf buildsystem (Daniel Svensson)
|
||
- Convert all the active methods async. This lets us get the sender so we can
|
||
watch to see if they fall off the bus or not (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a yum-packagekit plugin to refresh the PackageKit data when a manual
|
||
update command is run. Code is copied from yum-updatesd in yum-utils and
|
||
was authored by James Bowes.
|
||
- Install the bash completion file so it works by default (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add into pkcon to get the time since something was checked (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Log when the last command is run so we can work out how long since a command
|
||
was run. This allows us to accuratly preseve the "session" setting of
|
||
GetUpdates policy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* API changes:
|
||
- Add a status enum so we get the correct icon when getting data (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a info enum for blocked updates (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add some more status constants for backend transaction progress (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add messages to be shown from the transaction to the session (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Use a different PolicyKit permissions for UpdateSystem and UpdatePackage
|
||
as both were defined as the same thing in the policy (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Build fixes with autogen.sh (Tom Parker, Boyd Timothy)
|
||
- Free memory in case of dbus error (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- Fix a crash in pk_transaction_list_get_array (JP Rosevear)
|
||
- We should only invalidate the internal cache if the transaction succeeded.
|
||
This stops a failed update-system from clearing the cache (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix the manpage corruption issue described in Bug #12796 (Luke Macken)
|
||
|
||
Version 0.1.3
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-11-10
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- smart: Add installed filter (James Bowes)
|
||
- smart: Add search-details (James Bowes)
|
||
- smart: Add install-file (James Bowes)
|
||
- PiSi: Add gui filter (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- yum: Add gui filter (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add repo-set-data (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add get-update-detail (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- yum: Add get-requires (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- box: Use C API with percent updates for cache refreshing (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Split out the KDE, GNOME and XFCE desktop groups (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add power-management package group (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- Add 'make gcov' and 'make gprof' for unit testing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a metric ton of unit tests (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check backends do not send finished more than once (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add enums builder for python (Tom Parker)
|
||
- Add the start of a waf build system - untested and unsupported.
|
||
(Richard Hughes, Alberto Ruiz, Daniel Svensson)
|
||
- Add initial work for multiple apt searching backends (Tom Parker)
|
||
|
||
* API changes:
|
||
- PkClient restart should be an enumerated type, not free text (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Replace the g_strjoinv and use pk_strbuild_va to append a va_list to fix
|
||
a crash on i86_64 (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Immediate exit has to wait a few cycles for registration (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Check for existence of apt_pkg python module with apt backend (Tom Parker)
|
||
- yum: Emit no-cache in resolve if the cache is invalid (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Correct typos and thinkos, and add a few more application notes to the
|
||
developer documentation (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix memleaks in a few places of the daemon code (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- Fix memleaks in PkClient and PkJobList (James Bowes)
|
||
- Don't emit error for the transaction if cancel is not valid - cancel
|
||
operates on an existing tid and shouldn't have control of the finished or
|
||
error signals (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Parse updatedetail from stdout and discover get_update_detail (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Update packagekit.pc.in to require glib and gobject (Tom Parker)
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Version 0.1.2
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-11-01
|
||
|
||
* Backends:
|
||
- Add a new python based APT backend (Ali Sabil)
|
||
- Significant smart backend updates (James Bowes)
|
||
- Significant PiSi backend updates (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- More yum functionality (James Bowes, Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- More box functionality (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- Allow PkClient to be set promiscuous, i.e. to report all activity and use to
|
||
get the errors and completions (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add pk-backend-python.[c|h], for common spawning functions for python
|
||
backends and switch the backends to use them (James Bowes)
|
||
- Use egg_strzero, egg_strlen and pk_strcmp to increase performance and
|
||
potentally improve security (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add resolve support to pkcon get depends/requires/description/updatedetail
|
||
(S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
- Try to guess the remaining time of the transaction using a super nifty
|
||
algorithm (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add Cleanup and Obsoleting as info states so we don't scare the user with
|
||
DELETING when they are doing an upgrade (Richard Hughes, Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
|
||
* API changes:
|
||
- Switch the discrete GetPercentage and GetSubPercentage to a GetProgress
|
||
method that allows us to report remaining and elapsed time into the
|
||
client UI (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Sanitise more text from the backends in case the backend sends invalid or
|
||
malicious text (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Defer destroying the backend for 5 seconds so we can query it in the
|
||
finished handler in clients (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add GetFiles method so we don't slow down the GUI box getting the file list
|
||
every time we click a package (James Bowes)
|
||
- Calculate progress bar length based on terminal columns (James Bowes)
|
||
- Convert RefreshCache to a privileged operation but with default to allow
|
||
when on active console. The distro can then patch this default to whatever
|
||
depending on the security policy - and the admin can of course change the
|
||
default (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Version 0.1.1
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-10-23
|
||
|
||
* New backends:
|
||
- A SMART backend (James Bowes)
|
||
- A PiSi backend (S.Çağlar Onur)
|
||
|
||
* New features:
|
||
- A better, easier to use website; http://www.packagekit.org (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added missing install-file.py so we can do local rpm installs (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Be ultra-paranoid about validating input from the user (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Send SIGQUIT and then SIGKILL after a little delay, so we can clean up the
|
||
backends nicely by unlocking when we cancel (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add resolve functionality in pkcon to allow non-package_id use, for instance
|
||
'pkcon remove gimp' now does the right thing (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Display a pulsing progress bar for no-progress-updates and percentage-update
|
||
that is shown when using a console (James Bowes)
|
||
- Remove the hard dependency on NetworkManager so other networking stacks
|
||
can be used instead (S.Çağlar Onur, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Add a filter parameter for Resolve() so we can do the filtering in the
|
||
spawned backend without duplicating code (James Bowes, Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Substantial additions to the box backend (Grzegorz Dabrowski)
|
||
- Add GetRepoList and RepoEnable to the yum backend (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Add bash completion script for pkcon (James Bowes)
|
||
- Get the repo list for the aplm backend (Andreas Obergrusberger)
|
||
|
||
* API changes:
|
||
- Store the transaction database in /var/lib rather than /var/db (James Bowes)
|
||
- Don't expose the private list in PkTaskList, instead use verified functions
|
||
to ensure we can't corrupt data accidentally (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Don't export the private data array in PkClient or PkPackageList - this
|
||
breaks API, so the library version has been bumped (Richard Hughes)
|
||
|
||
* Bugfixes:
|
||
- Fix the resolve method parameter passing - now pk-install-package should work
|
||
correctly (James Bowes)
|
||
- Fix all the copyright notices to be a standard GPL2+ boilerplate license
|
||
text (Tom Parker, Robin Norwood)
|
||
- Dist the local apt headers so the apt backend can be compiled from a tarball
|
||
rather than just from git (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Fix a 1-in-10 random daemon startup crash when backends do libnm_glib init,
|
||
shutdown, init, shutdown repeatedly (Richard Hughes)
|
||
- Added locking in the yum backend to allow simultaneous use of the yum command
|
||
line tool or yum-updatesd (Tim Lauridsen)
|
||
- Fix NoPercentageUpdates validity checking (James Bowes)
|
||
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Version 0.1.0
|
||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||
Released: 2007-10-16
|
||
|
||
* The first public release of PackageKit:
|
||
- New gobject client library for session software to easily talk to PackageKit.
|
||
- Asynchronous API that does not block.
|
||
- Daemon that can queue and manage multiple simultaneous blocking and
|
||
non-blocking transactions
|
||
- Client applications (pkcon and pkmon) that interact with PackageKit on the
|
||
command line without any GUI dependencies
|
||
- Many compiled and scripted backends: conary, yum, apt, box, alpm
|
||
- Comprehensive docbook documentation
|
||
- Daemon configuration parameters in etc
|
||
- Module level unit tests as standard
|
||
- Python backend and frontend helper libraries
|
||
- Transaction logging and capability exports for GUI tools
|
||
- HAL locking supported for not-to-be interrupted phases of the transaction
|
||
- NetworkManager integration for network state
|
||
- PolicyKit integration for fine-grained permission control.
|
||
|